<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>ecommerce Archives</title>
	<atom:link href="https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link></link>
	<description></description>
	<lastBuildDate>Tue, 05 Aug 2025 09:47:24 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/cropped-wpSwings_wordmark_1080x1080-32x32.png</url>
	<title>ecommerce Archives</title>
	<link></link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>Order Sync With Zendesk For WooCommerce &#8211; Free</title>
		<link>https://docs.wpswings.com/order-sync-with-zendesk-for-woocommerce/</link>
					<comments>https://docs.wpswings.com/order-sync-with-zendesk-for-woocommerce/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[sanjeev maurya]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 05 Sep 2019 11:03:52 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Org]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WooCommerce / WordPress]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[custom action]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ecommerce]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[free]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[new customer]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[order details]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ticket details]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[woocommerce]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WooCommerce orders]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[wordpress]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zendesk]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[zendesk WooCommerce]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://docs.wpswings.com/?p=11192</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The post <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/order-sync-with-zendesk-for-woocommerce/">Order Sync With Zendesk For WooCommerce &#8211; Free</a> appeared first on <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com">WP Swings Documentation</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<link rel='stylesheet' href='https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/plugins/documentor/skins/mint/style.css' type='text/css' media='all' /><div id="documentor-227" class="documentor-mint documentor-wrap" data-docid = "227" ><div class="documentor-topicons doc-noprint"><span class="doc-topiconswrap"></span><div class="cleardiv"></div><div class="clrright"></div></div><div class="document-wrapper"><div class="ddd doc-menu toggle doc-noprint" style="position: static;"><span class="doc-search">
					<input type="text" name="search_document" class="search-document" placeholder="Search" />
					<img decoding="async" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/plugins/documentor/skins/mint/images/search.png" alt="search_image"/>
				</span><div class="doc-menurelated"><ol class="doc-list-front"><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#overview-169"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#overview-169" data-sec-counter="1" data-section-id="1541">Overview</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#installation-128"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#installation-128" data-sec-counter="2" data-section-id="1598">Installation</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#install-woocommerce-app"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#install-woocommerce-app" data-sec-counter="3" data-section-id="2282">Install WooCommerce App</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#zendesk-account-settings"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#zendesk-account-settings" data-sec-counter="4" data-section-id="2283">Zendesk Account Settings</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#order-configuration"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#order-configuration" data-sec-counter="5" data-section-id="2284">Order Configuration</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#workflow-31"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#workflow-31" data-sec-counter="6" data-section-id="1544">Workflow</a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#view-zendesk-tickets"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#view-zendesk-tickets" data-sec-counter="6.1" data-section-id="2285">View Zendesk Tickets</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#frontend-features"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#frontend-features" data-sec-counter="6.2" data-section-id="2286">Frontend Features</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#view-woocommerce-orders-on-zendesk"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#view-woocommerce-orders-on-zendesk" data-sec-counter="6.3" data-section-id="2287">View WooCommerce Orders on Zendesk</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#plugin-compatibilities"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;" data-href="#plugin-compatibilities" data-sec-counter="7" data-section-id="3956">Plugin Compatibilities</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="doc-sec-container" id="documentor_seccontainer"><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="overview-169_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1541" id="overview-169" data-section-id="1541"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">1.</span>Overview <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#overview-169')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/mwb-zendesk-woo-order-sync/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">Order Sync with Zendesk for WooCommerce</a> is a sync plugin to provide a two-way integration between WooCommerce and Zendesk.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">With this plugin, the admin can check the Zendesk tickets generated by a specific customer as well as the WooCommerce orders on either of the platforms. Therefore, it is a solution to make it easier for you to manage tickets and customers’ orders from a single convenient dashboard.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://www.zendesk.com/marketplace/apps/support/210789/woocommerce-orders/" target="_blank" rel="noopener nofollow">WooCommerce Orders</a> App from Zendesk is a prerequisite to using this plugin. This plugin gives a managed way to deal with customer tickets effectively.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The latest version of the Order Sync with Zendesk for WooCommerce plugin has also made the generation of tickets effortless on the front end of your store for your users.</span></p>
<p><b>Features:</b></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin gets the authority to manage the display of the number of latest orders. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can see all the tickets generated by a user in the user section of the admin menu.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">You also get the flexibility to sort the orders based on different billing addresses used by a particular visitor.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">This plugin provides ease in the management of tickets by letting you choose the KPI fields and Order fields in the ticket view.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The plugin also offers functionalities on the front end to let your users manage their tickets themselves. Users can create new tickets from the user dashboard and add a new comment from the user dashboard.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can visit your Zendesk dashboard to view all the orders made by a user who has generated a particular ticket.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The KPI and Order fields in the plugin are so designed to help you use the data generated to improve your business’s overall performance.</span></li>
</ol>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="installation-128_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1598" id="installation-128" data-section-id="1598"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">2.</span>Installation <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#installation-128')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><b><i>Note:</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">  Install <strong>WooCommerce Orders App</strong> first before using <strong>Order Sync with Zendesk for WooCommerce plugin</strong>.</span></i></p>
<div class="doc-sec-content">
<ul>
<li id="installation_strong1_automatic_installation_strong"><strong>Automatic Installation:<br />
</strong>Automatic installation is the easiest option as WordPress handles the file transfers itself and you don’t need to leave your web browser.<br />
<span style="font-weight: 400;">Proceed with the following steps:</span></li>
</ul>
<p>1. <span style="font-weight: 400;">To do an automatic install log into your WordPress dashboard, navigate to the Plugins menu, and click on </span><b>Add New</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span><br />
2.<span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the </span><b>Upload Plugin</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span><br />
3. <span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the </span><b>Browse</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button and navigate to the downloaded Order Sync with Zendesk for WooCommerce zip file and click </span><b>ok</b><br />
4.<span style="font-weight: 400;">Most importantly, of course, you can install it by simply clicking </span><b>Install Now</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<ul>
<li><strong> Manual Installation:<br />
</strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">Manual installation of Extension is another option to install the extension to your WordPress environment. The manual installation method involves downloading our WordPress Extension and uploading it to your web server via your favorite FTP application.</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: 400;">Proceed with the following steps:<br />
</span>1. <span style="font-weight: 400;">Extract the downloaded Order Sync with Zendesk for the WooCommerce zip file.</span><br />
2. <span style="font-weight: 400;">Upload the Order Sync with Zendesk for WooCommerce folder to the /</span><b>wp-content</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">/ </span><b>Plugins</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">/ </span><b>directory</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span><br />
3.<span style="font-weight: 400;">Activate the plugin through the </span><b>Plugins</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> menu in WordPress.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/zendesk.png"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11453 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/zendesk.png" alt="mautic" width="1335" height="315" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/zendesk.png 1335w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/zendesk-300x71.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/zendesk-768x181.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/09/zendesk-1024x242.png 1024w" sizes="(max-width: 1335px) 100vw, 1335px" /></a></div>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="install-woocommerce-app_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-2282" id="install-woocommerce-app" data-section-id="2282"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">3.</span>Install WooCommerce App <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#install-woocommerce-app')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Follow the steps given below to install the WooCommerce App on your Zendesk platform:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Sign in with your e-mail id and password in the Zendesk Marketplace Panel. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">After the sign-in, go to settings by clicking on the </span><b>settings icon</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in the leftmost panel. In the Admin panel, click on the </span><b>Manage </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button under the </span><b>APPS</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> section.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the </span><b>Upload private app </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-7-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15791 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-7-1.png" alt="zendesk-app" width="1343" height="499" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-7-1.png 1343w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-7-1-300x111.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-7-1-1024x380.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-7-1-768x285.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1343px) 100vw, 1343px" /></a></div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the name of the application in the given field and upload the zip file of the WooCommerce order app. </span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-8.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15793 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-8.png" alt="zendesk marketplace" width="1336" height="657" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-8.png 1336w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-8-300x148.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-8-1024x504.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-8-768x378.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1336px) 100vw, 1336px" /></a></div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the </span><b>Title</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">,</span><b> Store URL, </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and check the boxes as per requirements. Click on the </span><b>Install </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-9.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15794 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-9.png" alt="zendesk for woocommerce " width="1347" height="657" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-9.png 1347w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-9-300x146.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-9-1024x499.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-9-768x375.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1347px) 100vw, 1347px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="zendesk-account-settings_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-2283" id="zendesk-account-settings" data-section-id="2283"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.</span>Zendesk Account Settings <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#zendesk-account-settings')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully activating the Order Sync with Zendesk for WooCommerce plugin and WooCommerce Orders App, you need to connect your Zendesk account to check the ticket and order details.</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the admin panel of your WooCommerce store, go to </span><b>Zendesk Order Sync→ Account Settings. </b></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here you can connect your Zendesk Account with WooCommerce.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the fields, enter your</span></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">panel </span><b>Zendesk URL</b></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Zendesk admin Email</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, and</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Zendesk API token</b></li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">After entering your credentials, click on the </span><b>Submit</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button. </span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-10.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15797 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-10.png" alt="zenndesk for woocommerce" width="1344" height="658" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-10.png 1344w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-10-300x147.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-10-1024x501.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-10-768x376.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1344px) 100vw, 1344px" /></a></div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your Zendesk account will now be connected with the Order Sync plugin. You can now check the Zendesk tickets in your WooCommerce dashboard and users can generate new tickets from the frontend. </span></li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="order-configuration_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-2284" id="order-configuration" data-section-id="2284"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">5.</span>Order Configuration <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#order-configuration')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To configure the settings as per your usability, go to </span><b>Zendesk Order Sync→ Order Configuration. </b></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can adjust the Latest Orders Count number that appears in the orders </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">section at </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">your convenience here. The default value for the same is 20.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also drag and drop to add or remove the KPI Fields for the Zendesk tickets. The </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">plugin provides 6 KPI fields </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">which are First Purchase, Last Purchase, Average Days between purchase, Total Spend, Total Order Count, and Average Order Value.</span></li>
</ul>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To add a KPI field, drag the respective field in the right column.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To remove a KPI field, drag the respective field in the left column.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Also, you can drag and drop the fields in the same column to arrange them in your order of preference. </span></li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Same as the KPI Fields, you can also select and arrange </span><b>Order Fields</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> by dragging and dropping the respective field from the left column to the right, and within the same column respectively.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-11.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15800 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-11.png" alt="order configuration settings for zendesk " width="600" height="312" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-11.png 600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-11-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the </span><b>Save Options </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button to save the Order Configuration Settings.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-12.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15801 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-12.png" alt="order sync for woocommerce zendesk plugin " width="1356" height="881" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-12.png 1356w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-12-300x195.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-12-1024x665.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-12-768x499.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1356px) 100vw, 1356px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="workflow-31_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1544" id="workflow-31" data-section-id="1544"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">6.</span>Workflow <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#workflow-31')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="view-zendesk-tickets_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-2285" id="view-zendesk-tickets" data-section-id="2285"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">6.1.</span>View Zendesk Tickets <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#view-zendesk-tickets')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><h3></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can see the generated Zendesk tickets on the WooCommerce order details page. For this, go to the admin panel in your WordPress dashboard and navigate to </span><b>WooCommerce</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">→</span><b>Orders</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on a particular order and if the buyer of that order would have generated any Zendesk tickets, it will be shown on the order details page.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/ticket-view.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15802 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/ticket-view.png" alt="zendsk ticket view" width="1352" height="627" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/ticket-view.png 1352w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/ticket-view-300x139.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/ticket-view-1024x475.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/ticket-view-768x356.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1352px) 100vw, 1352px" /></a></div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Each generated ticket will display the </span><b>Status, Subject, </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and </span><b>Description. </b></li>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also view all the tickets generated by a registered user by going to the </span><b>Users→ All Users→ </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">enter user name in </span><b>Search </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">bar→ </span><b>Show Tickets</b></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-13.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15807 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-13.png" alt="zendesk for woocommerce" width="1362" height="653" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-13.png 1362w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-13-300x144.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-13-1024x491.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-13-768x368.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1362px) 100vw, 1362px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="frontend-features_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-2286" id="frontend-features" data-section-id="2286"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">6.2.</span>Frontend Features <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#frontend-features')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Order Sync with Zendesk for WooCommerce allows your users to manage their ticket history as well. Check out the following steps that permit flexible management of tickets with respect to a particular billing address:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the front end of your online store, the user can go to </span><b>Home→ My Account→ Ticket History</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The user can select a particular e-mail from the ‘</span><b>Choose your Billing Email’</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> dropdown menu. This dropdown menu displays all the billing addresses associated with the user’s account. </span></li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">All the tickets associated with the billing e-mail will be displayed. The user can </span><b>Add a New Comment</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, generate a new ticket by clicking on the </span><b>Add A New ticket</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button, and view the entire ticket history.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/zendesk-chat-history.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-25429 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/zendesk-chat-history.png" alt="Zendesk Chat History" width="856" height="961" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/zendesk-chat-history.png 856w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/zendesk-chat-history-267x300.png 267w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/zendesk-chat-history-768x862.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 856px) 100vw, 856px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div></div>
<ul>
<li><b>Ticket Chat-History:</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Users can access complete chat logs with your agents for their raised tickets using the </span><b>Open Chat Conversation</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button in the chat history column. After clicking the button, the history is shown in a chat popup format based on the order of responses. </span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/zendesk-user-agent-chat.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-25430 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/zendesk-user-agent-chat.png" alt="Zendesk User Agent Chat" width="460" height="433" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/zendesk-user-agent-chat.png 460w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/zendesk-user-agent-chat-300x282.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></a></div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><b>Add a New Ticket From Here: </b>The user needs to enter the details in the form to create a new ticket. They can further update information about the created tickets by using the </span><b>Add New Comment </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">option as explained in the previous step.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-15.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15810 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-15.png" alt="zendesk for woocommerce " width="774" height="562" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-15.png 774w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-15-300x218.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-15-768x558.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 774px) 100vw, 774px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="view-woocommerce-orders-on-zendesk_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-2287" id="view-woocommerce-orders-on-zendesk" data-section-id="2287"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">6.3.</span>View WooCommerce Orders on Zendesk <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#view-woocommerce-orders-on-zendesk')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can view your WooCommerce orders from the Zendesk dashboard by following the simple steps given below:</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To view the WooCommerce orders on Zendesk, go to your Zendesk panel. Click on the View button from the left sidebar. Then open a particular ticket.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-16.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15811 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-16.png" alt="zendesk woocommerce " width="1365" height="636" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-16.png 1365w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-16-300x140.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-16-1024x477.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-16-768x358.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1365px) 100vw, 1365px" /></a></div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the user (who has raised the ticket) placed an order on your WooCommerce store, it will be displayed on the right side of your ticket details page.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-17.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15813 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-17.png" alt="zendesk woocommerce orders" width="1363" height="654" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-17.png 1363w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-17-300x144.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-17-1024x491.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/05/pasted-image-0-17-768x369.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1363px) 100vw, 1363px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="plugin-compatibilities_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3956" id="plugin-compatibilities" data-section-id="3956"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">7.</span>Plugin Compatibilities <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#plugin-compatibilities')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The <strong>Order Sync with Zendesk for WooCommerce</strong> plugin seamlessly integrates with <strong>WooCommerce HPOS (High-Performance Order Sync)</strong>, ensuring efficient synchronization of high order volumes, even during peak periods. This compatibility elevates your store’s operational capacity to manage orders without hitting a snag. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--></div><!--.doc-sec-container--><div id="sugestedit_popup227" class="sugestedit_popup">
				<a class="modal_close"></a>
				<form name="documentor-suggestform" method="post" class="documentor-suggestform">
					<div class="doc-frmdiv" style="font-weight: bold;">Suggest Edit
					</div>
					<div class="doc-frmdiv">
						<input type="text" name="sec_title" class="sedit-sectitle txtinput" value="" />
					</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<input type="text" name="name" class="txtinput" placeholder="Name" required />
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<input type="email" class="emailinput" placeholder="Email" name="email" required /> 
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<textarea name="content" class="textareainput" placeholder="Post your suggestion..." required></textarea>
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv"><label> Captcha :&nbsp; </label><span class="doc-sedit-captcha"></span></div><input type="hidden" class="sedit-secid" name="secid" value="" />
					<input type="hidden" class="sedit-postid" name="sedit_postid" value="" />
					<input type="hidden" class="sedit-docid" name="docid" value="227" />
					<button class="docsubmit-suggestform"> Submit </button>
				</form>
			</div><script type="text/javascript">
			jQuery(document).ready(function(){
				jQuery("#documentor-227").documentor({
					documentid	: 227,
					docid		: "documentor-227",
					animation	: "",
					indexformat	: "1",
					pformat		: "decimal",
					cformat		: "decimal",					
					secstyle	: "clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0277d1;",
					actnavbg_default: "1",
					actnavbg_color	: "#f3b869",
					enable_ajax	: "0",
					scrolling	: "1",
					fixmenu		: "1",
					skin		: "mint",
					scrollBarSize	: "8",
					scrollBarColor	: "#ffffff",
					scrollBarOpacity: "0.5",
					windowprint	: "0",
					menuTop: "20",
					socialshare	: 0,
					sharecount	: 1,
					fbshare		: 1,
					twittershare	: 1,
					gplusshare	: 1,
					pinshare	: 1,
					togglechild	: 1,
					noResultsStr: "No results found!",
				});	
			});</script></div><!--/.document-wrapper--></div><div class="cleardiv"> </div><div id="documentor-227-end"></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/order-sync-with-zendesk-for-woocommerce/">Order Sync With Zendesk For WooCommerce &#8211; Free</a> appeared first on <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com">WP Swings Documentation</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://docs.wpswings.com/order-sync-with-zendesk-for-woocommerce/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce</title>
		<link>https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce/</link>
					<comments>https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[sanjeev maurya]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 15 May 2018 13:51:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Org]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WooCommerce / WordPress]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[ecommerce]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[exchange]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[free]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[refund]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[woocommerce exchange]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://docs.makewebbetter.com/?p=3194</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The post <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce/">Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce</a> appeared first on <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com">WP Swings Documentation</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div id="documentor-217" class="documentor-mint documentor-wrap" data-docid = "217" ><div class="documentor-topicons doc-noprint"><span class="doc-topiconswrap"></span><div class="cleardiv"></div><div class="clrright"></div></div><div class="document-wrapper"><div class="ddd doc-menu toggle doc-noprint" style="position: static;"><span class="doc-search">
					<input type="text" name="search_document" class="search-document" placeholder="Search" />
					<img decoding="async" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/plugins/documentor/skins/mint/images/search.png" alt="search_image"/>
				</span><div class="doc-menurelated"><ol class="doc-list-front"><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#overview-159"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#overview-159" data-sec-counter="1" data-section-id="1349">Overview</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#installation-122"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#installation-122" data-sec-counter="2" data-section-id="1350">Installation</a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#free-version-6"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#free-version-6" data-sec-counter="2.1" data-section-id="4363">Free Version</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#premium-version-7"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#premium-version-7" data-sec-counter="2.2" data-section-id="4364">Premium Version</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#license-activation-10"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#license-activation-10" data-sec-counter="2.3" data-section-id="4365">License Activation</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#general-settings-51"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#general-settings-51" data-sec-counter="3" data-section-id="4366">General Settings </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#woocommerce-refund-settings-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#woocommerce-refund-settings-tab" data-sec-counter="4" data-section-id="4371">WooCommerce Refund Settings Tab </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#exchange-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#exchange-tab" data-sec-counter="5" data-section-id="4374">Exchange Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#cancel-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#cancel-tab" data-sec-counter="6" data-section-id="4376">Cancel Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#rma-policies-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#rma-policies-tab" data-sec-counter="7" data-section-id="4377">RMA Policies Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#order-message-tab-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#order-message-tab-2" data-sec-counter="8" data-section-id="4378">Order Message Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#wallet-tab-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#wallet-tab-2" data-sec-counter="9" data-section-id="4379">Wallet Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#global-shipping-tab-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#global-shipping-tab-2" data-sec-counter="10" data-section-id="4380">Global Shipping Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#integration-tab-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#integration-tab-2" data-sec-counter="11" data-section-id="4381">Integration Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#api-settings-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#api-settings-tab" data-sec-counter="12" data-section-id="3577">API Settings Tab</a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#enable-api"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#enable-api" data-sec-counter="12.1" data-section-id="4382">Enable API</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#secret-key"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#secret-key" data-sec-counter="12.2" data-section-id="4383">Secret Key</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#api-implementation-3"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#api-implementation-3" data-sec-counter="12.3" data-section-id="4442">API Implementation</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#sms-notification-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#sms-notification-2" data-sec-counter="13" data-section-id="4384">SMS Notification</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#whatsapp-notification"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#whatsapp-notification" data-sec-counter="14" data-section-id="4443">WhatsApp Notification</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#rma-report-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#rma-report-2" data-sec-counter="15" data-section-id="4385">RMA Report</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#process-workflow-demonstration-for-refund-exchange-and-cancel-requests-utilizing-the-plugin-features"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#process-workflow-demonstration-for-refund-exchange-and-cancel-requests-utilizing-the-plugin-features" data-sec-counter="16" data-section-id="4386">Process Workflow Demonstration For Refund, Exchange, And Cancel Requests Utilizing The Plugin Features</a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#refund-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#refund-2" data-sec-counter="16.1" data-section-id="4969">Refund </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#exchange"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#exchange" data-sec-counter="16.2" data-section-id="4970">Exchange</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#cancel"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#cancel" data-sec-counter="16.3" data-section-id="4972">Cancel</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#woocommerce-return-plugin-compatibilities"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#woocommerce-return-plugin-compatibilities" data-sec-counter="17" data-section-id="4028">Plugin Compatibilities</a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#compatibility-with-terra-wallet"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#compatibility-with-terra-wallet" data-sec-counter="17.1" data-section-id="4910">Compatibility With Terra Wallet </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#compatibility-with-bookings-for-woocommerce"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#compatibility-with-bookings-for-woocommerce" data-sec-counter="17.2" data-section-id="4081">Compatibility With Bookings For WooCommerce </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#compatibility-with-gift-cards-for-woocommerce"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#compatibility-with-gift-cards-for-woocommerce" data-sec-counter="17.3" data-section-id="4029">Compatibility With Ultimate WooCommerce Gift Cards</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#compatible-with-sequential-order-numbers-for-woocommerce"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#compatible-with-sequential-order-numbers-for-woocommerce" data-sec-counter="17.4" data-section-id="4030">Compatible with Sequential Order Numbers for WooCommerce</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu wps-premium" href="#compatibility-with-woocommerce-wallet-system"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#compatibility-with-woocommerce-wallet-system" data-sec-counter="17.5" data-section-id="4398">Compatibility with WooCommerce Wallet System</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#compatibility-with-wpml"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#compatibility-with-wpml" data-sec-counter="17.6" data-section-id="4031">Compatibility with WPML</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#woocommerce-hpos-compatibility-3"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#woocommerce-hpos-compatibility-3" data-sec-counter="17.7" data-section-id="4032">WooCommerce HPOS Compatibility</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#faqs-24"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#faqs-24" data-sec-counter="18" data-section-id="1517">FAQs</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#feedback-and-suggestions-18"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#feedback-and-suggestions-18" data-sec-counter="19" data-section-id="3535">Feedback and Suggestions</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#helpful-resources-22"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#helpful-resources-22" data-sec-counter="20" data-section-id="3858">Helpful Resources!!!!</a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#blogs-4"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#blogs-4" data-sec-counter="20.1" data-section-id="4399">Blogs</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#video-tutorials-3"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#video-tutorials-3" data-sec-counter="20.2" data-section-id="4400">Video Tutorials</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#case-studies-16"  style="clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;" data-href="#case-studies-16" data-sec-counter="20.3" data-section-id="4401">Case Studies</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li></ol></div></div><div class="doc-sec-container" id="documentor_seccontainer"><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="overview-159_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1349" id="overview-159" data-section-id="1349"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">1.</span>Overview <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#overview-159')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce-pro/?utm_source=rma-docs&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_campaign=rma-pro">WooCommerce RMA Return Refund and Exchange</a> plugin is a complete solution for any kind of refund and exchange request. It gives your customers an easy and simple way to apply for Refund, Exchange, Wallet, Cancel Order requests, and much more. The whole refund or exchange process goes under a proper mailing system being the ideal return management system. </span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro: Part 1: Refund [Version 2024]" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/QyfzruqwnSM?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<h3><b>Benefits</b></h3>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Provides merchants with a complete WooCommerce refund system.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Assistance with efficient tax handling.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Get Access to shortcodes for email content.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Effectively plan refund policies.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Allow customers to add a reason for the refund.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admins can have a holistic view of the returns, exchanges, and cancellations. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchants can add the exchange and refund days product-wise for different types of listed items.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can enable/disable the WooCommerce refund request feature.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The user can submit multiple product refund requests with reason.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add custom WordPress Refund Rules/Regulations and display them on the front end with ease.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add a Coupon Regenerator to allow the customer to change the Wallet Coupon Code.</span></li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="installation-122_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1350" id="installation-122" data-section-id="1350"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">2.</span>Installation <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#installation-122')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We have mentioned the installation process for both the Free and Premium Versions. The customers can refer to the one that is relevant to them. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It is important to note that before activating the plugin </span><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce-pro/?utm_source=rma-docs&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_campaign=rma-pro"><span style="font-weight: 400;">RMA Return Refund &amp; Exchange For WooCommerce Pro</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, you should have the </span><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/woo-refund-and-exchange-lite/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Return Refund and Exchange For WooCommerce</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> – WordPress plugin installed, as the plugin will not function without it.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, if you don’t already have it, you can download it directly from here:</span></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong><a href="https://downloads.wordpress.org/plugin/woo-refund-and-exchange-lite.zip">[Download Zip]</a></strong></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="free-version-6_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4363" id="free-version-6" data-section-id="4363"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">2.1.</span>Free Version <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#free-version-6')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><ul>
<li aria-level="1">
<h3><b>Automatic Installation </b></h3>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Automatic installation is the easiest option as WordPress handles the file transfers itself and you don’t need to leave your web browser.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The steps are as follows:</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image70.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27083 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image70.png" alt="download and install RMA Return Plugin" width="512" height="234" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image70.png 512w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image70-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></a></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">From the plugin menu click on “</span><b>Add New</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">“</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Search for</span><b> Return Refund and Exchange for the WooCommerce</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plugin, and click on the “</span><b>Install</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” button.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> “</span><b>Activate</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” the plugin once installed.</span></li>
</ol>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1">
<h3><b>Manual Installation</b></h3>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Manual installation of the plugin is another option to install the plugin to your WordPress environment.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The manual installation method involves downloading our Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Extension and uploading it to your webserver via your favorite FTP application.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The steps are as follows :</span></p>
<ol>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">  Upload the </span><b>Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> folder to the </span><b>/wp-content/plugins/</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> directory.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Activate the plugin through the </span><b>‘Plugins’ </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">menu in </span><b>WordPress</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ol>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong><a href="https://downloads.wordpress.org/plugin/woo-refund-and-exchange-lite.zip">[Download Zip]</a></strong></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="premium-version-7_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4364" id="premium-version-7" data-section-id="4364"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">2.2.</span>Premium Version <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#premium-version-7')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The </span><b>WooCommerce Return Refund and Exchange Pro</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plugin can easily be installed abiding by the following steps that are detailed below-</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Download the</span><b> WooCommerce Return Refund and Exchange Pro</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plugin from the respective website product page i.e. </span><b>WP Swings</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">After that just log in to your WordPress dashboard.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Next to that, just navigate to the </span><b>Plugins &gt; Add New Page</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and hit the </span><b>Upload Plugin</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button. </span></li>
</ul>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image92.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27086" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image92.png" alt="choose plugin file to upload " width="639" height="195" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image92.png 1301w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image92-300x92.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image92-1024x312.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image92-768x234.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 639px) 100vw, 639px" /></a></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Upload the .zip file of the plugin and hit the Install Now button.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Finally, activate this plugin from the <b>Plugins </b>&gt; <b>Installed Plugins</b> page and hit the <b>Activate </b>button to continue.</li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="license-activation-10_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4365" id="license-activation-10" data-section-id="4365"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">2.3.</span>License Activation <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#license-activation-10')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To work correctly, the plugin must be installed by following the mentioned steps. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">However, if you have purchased the premium version of the plugin and you want the benefit from automatic updates or access the support platform to receive help from our staff, you need to activate the plugin. The License Key is sent to you on your email ID. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Also, after Purchasing the premium version, admins can navigate to My Account &gt; Orders &gt; Your Order. There you’ll find the License Key. The License Key is also sent to you on your mail id. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image10-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27088 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image10-1.png" alt="enter license code for pro plugin" width="703" height="199" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image10-1.png 1317w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image10-1-300x85.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image10-1-1024x290.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image10-1-768x218.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 703px) 100vw, 703px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To activate the plugin, you have to navigate to the “</span><b>License</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” tab, here you can enter the “</span><b>License Code</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">”, and click on the “</span><b>Activate</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” button. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="general-settings-51_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4366" id="general-settings-51" data-section-id="4366"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">3.</span>General Settings  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#general-settings-51')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The very next tab in the backend setup is the general tab. This tab covers all the general setup options available for the plugin as well as allows the administrator to enable the WooCommerce refund setting to your customer. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To continue with this tab settings, firstly you have to enable these most basic yet essential toggle-based settings – </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/general-settings-rma-org.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27102 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/general-settings-rma-org.png" alt="general-settings-rma-org" width="971" height="1387" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/general-settings-rma-org.png 971w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/general-settings-rma-org-210x300.png 210w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/general-settings-rma-org-717x1024.png 717w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/general-settings-rma-org-768x1097.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 971px) 100vw, 971px" /></a></p>
<h4><b>3.1. Enable the WooCommerce Refund setting</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a toggle-based setup option available that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the refund feature within the plugin.</span></p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation, </strong></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-31.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27405 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-31.png" alt="refund setting frontend" width="785" height="250" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-31.png 785w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-31-300x96.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-31-768x245.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 785px) 100vw, 785px" /></a></p>
<h4><b>3.2. Enable Order Messages</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a toggle-based setup option available that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the order-related messages feature within the plugin.</span></p>
<blockquote><p><strong><em>Frontend Demonstration Of These Setting Options-</em></strong></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is the actual order display section at the front end displaying Order Message and Refund buttons within. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Have a look- </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27093" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6.png" alt="my account view order message" width="861" height="492" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6.png 1176w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6-300x171.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6-1024x585.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6-768x439.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as you click on the </span><b>Order Messages</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button you’ll be redirected to the page for order messages, displayed in the screencast below &#8211;</span></p>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Order-Message-Frontend.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27949" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Order-Message-Frontend.png" alt="Order Message Frontend" width="1648" height="707" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Order-Message-Frontend.png 1648w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Order-Message-Frontend-300x129.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Order-Message-Frontend-1024x439.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Order-Message-Frontend-768x329.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Order-Message-Frontend-1536x659.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1648px) 100vw, 1648px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here, you can easily send and review your order-related message history, i.e., your communication with the store admin related to that particular order.</span></p>
<h4><b>3.3. Enable To Show Bank Details Field For Manual Refund</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This toggle option offers a bank detail field option, allowing customers to manually add their bank account details within where they desire to have their refund processed. The below-stated screenshot depicts the purpose of the setting offered. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image61.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27097 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image61.png" alt="Show Bank Details Field For Manual Refund" width="512" height="501" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image61.png 512w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image61-300x294.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></a></p>
<h4><b>3.4. Enable Time-Based Policy </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admin can utilize this setting to set a specific time frame for all the refund, exchange, and cancellation requests. During this defined period, customers will have access to these respective request options on the website, while outside this timeframe, they will no longer be visible. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example: if the admin sets the time frame to be 9 AM to 10 AM, then the customers will not see the refund, exchange, and cancellation options after this time frame, these buttons will disappear from the website. </span></p>
<p><b>NOTE</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">: For this feature to work seamlessly, the merchant mentions the time slots for the buttons to be shown. Also, remember to follow the valid time, For example &#8211;</span><b> 4:00 AM &#8211; 8:30 AM or 8:00 AM &#8211; 12 PM</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<h4><b>3.5. Enable Exchange <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></b></h4>
<p><b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is also a toggle-based setup option that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the exchange feature within the plugin.</span></b></p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation, </strong></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-front-end-setting.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27406 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-front-end-setting.png" alt="exchange front end setting " width="743" height="242" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-front-end-setting.png 743w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-front-end-setting-300x98.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 743px) 100vw, 743px" /></a></p>
<h4><b>3.6. Enable Cancel <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium </span></b></h4>
<p><b> <span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a toggle-based setup option available that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the order cancellation feature within the plugin. </span></b></p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation,</strong></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-32.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27407 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-32.png" alt="cancel setting for frontend view " width="744" height="250" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-32.png 744w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-32-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 744px) 100vw, 744px" /></a></p>
<h4><b>3.7. Enable Wallet <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium </span></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a toggle-based setup option available that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the refund-based wallet feature within the plugin. </span></p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The Wallet feature of the WooCommerce RMA plugin is not available to guest users. </span></em></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Frontend Representation, </strong></span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-33.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27408" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-33.png" alt="rma wallet frontend " width="867" height="329" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-33.png 1413w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-33-300x114.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-33-1024x388.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-33-768x291.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></a></p>
<h4><b>3.8. Enable Single Refund and Exchange Requests Per Order <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium </span></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling/Disabling the single product-based refund and exchange can be managed per order utilizing this setting option available. </span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Setting Demonstration…</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s take an instance of this refund order. To place a refund request their order needs to be completed at least. To proceed one must visit the </span><b>My Account &gt; Orders</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and hit the refund button there to proceed with the refund request for the same.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27093 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6.png" alt="my account view order message" width="823" height="470" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6.png 1176w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6-300x171.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6-1024x585.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image6-768x439.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as you click on the </span><b>WooCommerce Refund</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button, you’ll be automatically redirected over to the </span><b>Refund Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image7.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27103 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image7.png" alt="Refund Request Form. " width="682" height="438" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image7.png 682w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image7-300x193.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 682px) 100vw, 682px" /></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">Complete the form fields by entering the data requested and hit Send Request to continue with the same. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image107.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27104 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image107.png" alt="Refund Request Notification" width="909" height="21" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image107.png 1554w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image107-300x7.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image107-1024x24.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image107-768x18.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image107-1536x36.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 909px) 100vw, 909px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One </span><b>Refund Request Notification</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will be displayed after the process and you’ll be redirected to the orders section again after </span><b>10 sec</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image68.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27105" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image68.png" alt=" Refund Request on my account page" width="807" height="423" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image68.png 1390w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image68-300x157.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image68-1024x536.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image68-768x402.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 807px) 100vw, 807px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now, if you observe here. You can see that— the status for that order would be updated to Refund Requested and the Refund &amp; Exchange button is now not available with the order setting options. That’s, just because of the setting you’ve set enable i.e. Enable Single Refund and Exchange Request per Order.</span></p>
<p><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; No matter whether you cancel your refund/exchange request after that, you still cannot process another request for the same if this setting is said to be enabled.</span></p>
<h4><b>3.9. Enable Refund And Exchange For Exchange Approved Order <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling/Disabling the single product-based refund and exchange can be managed per order after the merchant or the store owner has approved the order.  </span></p>
<h4><b>3.10. Show Sidebar For Refund, Exchange, And Cancel Form <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span><br />
</b></h4>
<p><b><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to enable/disable the sidebar for the refund, exchange, and cancel form available in the plugin, you can simply utilize this option. </span></b></p>
<h4><b>3.11. Hide Refund, Exchange, and Cancel button for COD orders when Processing <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span><br />
</b></h4>
<p><b><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to enable/disable the refund, exchange, and cancel button from the </span>COD orders<span style="font-weight: 400;"> when setting the status to processing, you can simply utilize this option.</span></b></p>
<h4><b>3.12. Guest Feature via Phone Number <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span><br />
</b></h4>
<p><b><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also offer a guest login feature for your visiting customers utilizing their phone numbers as a primary ID. With this feature, guest users need not be required to enter their email address to request for refund or exchange. They can do so using their phone number, and take the equivalent refund and exchange privileges as the registered users.</span></b></p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation,</strong></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-34.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27409 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-34.png" alt="refund exchange form frontend " width="625" height="546" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-34.png 679w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-34-300x262.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></a></p>
<h4><b>3.13. Refund, Exchange, and Cancel functionality starts from the Order Status Date <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span><br />
</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here, you can simply mention the refund, exchange, and cancel order-based status sort in the available text field. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just define the fields and personalize the settings.</span></p>
<h4><b>3.14. Guest Form Shortcode <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span><br />
</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your guest form can have a shortcode-based display at your ease. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can create your guest form shortcode here and utilize that to display your guest login forms in the website pages or sections you like. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image77.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27106 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image77.png" alt="refund/exchange request form " width="924" height="323" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image77.png 1129w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image77-300x105.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image77-1024x357.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image77-768x268.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 924px) 100vw, 924px" /></a></p>
<p><b> <span style="font-weight: 400;">After clicking on the </span>Submit <span style="font-weight: 400;">button, an order detail page will display with </span>Woocommerce Refund, Exchange, and Cancel Request<span style="font-weight: 400;"> tabs. By clicking on these buttons users can send the requests. </span></b></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image79.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27107 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image79.png" alt="return refund exchange bottons " width="887" height="473" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image79.png 1089w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image79-300x160.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image79-1024x546.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image79-768x410.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 887px) 100vw, 887px" /></a></p>
<h4><b>3.15. Enable to Reset the License on Deactivation of the Plugin <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span> </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply utilize this setup option to </span><b>enable/disable</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the reset setting after your license plan gets deactivated. </span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="woocommerce-refund-settings-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4371" id="woocommerce-refund-settings-tab" data-section-id="4371"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.</span>WooCommerce Refund Settings Tab  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#woocommerce-refund-settings-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-29791 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/WooCommerce-Refund-Settings-Tab.png" alt="WooCommerce Refund Settings Tab" width="595" height="1600" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/WooCommerce-Refund-Settings-Tab.png 595w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/WooCommerce-Refund-Settings-Tab-112x300.png 112w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/WooCommerce-Refund-Settings-Tab-381x1024.png 381w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/WooCommerce-Refund-Settings-Tab-571x1536.png 571w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The “<b>Refund</b>” tab contains the settings options to add a WooCommerce refund request button on your WooCommerce store and manage the complete refund process smoothly. </span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="WooCommerce Refund and Exchange With RMA: How to add Refund options to the WooCommerce store || 2023" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Y0ygM32b4Hc?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup tab contains further field-based setup options available-</span></p>
<h3><b>4.1. Select Pages To Hide Refund Button</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting option you can show/hide the refund button from the selected pages. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image43.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27112 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image43.png" alt="Select Pages To Hide Refund Button" width="618" height="258" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image43.png 618w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image43-300x125.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just you have to mention the pages in the text field available and make use of the setup feature.</span></p>
<h3><b>4.2. Enable To Show Manage Stock Button</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting option you can show/hide the manage stock button. All you have to do is toggle the plugin feature ON/OFF.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the admin accepts the </span><b>Exchange </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">request then manage stock by clicking on the “</span><b>Manage Stock</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” button. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image95.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27115 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image95.png" alt="Manage Stock” button." width="863" height="697" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image95.png 863w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image95-300x242.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image95-768x620.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>4.3. Enable Attachment</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting option you can offer an attachment feature i.e. adding pictures or videos within your refund, exchange, and Cancellation form. </span></p>
<h3><b>4.4. Attachment Limit</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also offer the attachment-based limit to pictures and videos when offering an attachment option within your refund, return, and exchange form. Simply mention the number of attachments you can offer.</span></p>
<blockquote><p><b><i>Note- </i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">When the Attachment limit on the front end is reached, the Add More button for additional attachments disappears automatically.</span></i></p></blockquote>
<p><b><i>Frontend Demonstration Of The Setting &#8211; </i></b></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-13.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-29512 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-13.png" alt="attachment limit and setting " width="1106" height="862" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-13.png 1600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-13-300x234.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-13-1024x799.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-13-768x599.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-13-1536x1198.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1106px) 100vw, 1106px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><b>4.5. Enable Refund Shipping Charges</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Customers can get a refund for the shipping charges as well. If the admin can utilize this feature to win their customer&#8217;s trust in their WooCommerce store. But it is also important to note that this feature does not work with partial refunds, shipping charges are not refunded in those cases.</span></p>
<h3><b>4.6. Enable To Allow Refund Request Cancellation By User</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By enabling this functionality, admins can allow their customers to cancel the created refund request if they want to. This helps customers to have the flexibility over their decisions, and also helps the admins to save the hassle of the entire refund process. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">NOTE: This functionality will only work if the initiated refund request is not approved by the admin. </span></p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation &#8211;</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27808" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund.png" alt="Refund Request Cancellation" width="790" height="521" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund.png 790w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-300x198.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-768x506.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 790px) 100vw, 790px" /></a></p>
<h3>4.7. <b>Enable/Disable Refund Functionality For Specific User Roles </b></h3>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/user-role-refund-setting.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-29105 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/user-role-refund-setting.png" alt="user role refund setting" width="705" height="235" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/user-role-refund-setting.png 705w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/user-role-refund-setting-300x100.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/user-role-refund-setting-702x235.png 702w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this functionality of the WooCommerce Returns plugin to enable/disable the feature to restrict the refund functionality for specific user roles. </span></p>
<h3><b>4.8. Select User Roles To Restrict Refund Access</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins can select specific user roles (they can select from the default user roles available in the WooCommerce store), the refund button will be hidden for the mentioned user roles. </span></p>
<h3><b>4.9. Enable/Disable Refund Functionality based on User Count</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins can enable this functionality to limit the number of refund requests, just configure this setting to do so. </span></p>
<h3><b>4.10. Refund Limit for User Count</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the number after which the refund functionality will be restricted for the customers. </span></p>
<h3><b>4.11. Enable/Disable Refund Functionality For Particular User To Prevent Fraud</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By enabling this setting, you can restrict the refund functionality for particular user. Utilize this functionality to prevent fraudulent activities. </span></p>
<h3><b>4.12. Enter Particular User Email to Restrict From Refund Functionality</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this section to enter the user email address to restrict them to use the refund functionality.</span></p>
<h3><b>4.13. Enable Refund On Sales Item</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also offer a refund option over sale-based products, likewise enabling or disabling the setting option. Simply turn the plugin feature on or off.</span></p>
<h3><b>4.14. Deduct Coupon Amount During Refund</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also provide a refund/reimbursement possibility while deducting your offered coupon amounts from the orders requested for refund. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Yes, why give a full refund when your customers already enjoyed the discount coupons? You don&#8217;t have to do much; all you have to do is toggle the plugin feature ON/OFF.</span></p>
<p><b><i>Setting Demonstration</i></b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Assume you have a pre-created coupon for your store, as seen below.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image118.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27117 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image118.png" alt="Deduct Coupon Amount During Refund " width="463" height="180" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image118.png 463w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image118-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 463px) 100vw, 463px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As a result, your customer places an order with a coupon, which is also displayed above. As a starting point, I&#8217;m using the discount shown above.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Following that, the screencast below showed an order placed with a discount using the above coupon. Take a look at it.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image117.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27118" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image117.png" alt="checkout page" width="897" height="902" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image117.png 1371w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image117-298x300.png 298w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image117-1019x1024.png 1019w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image117-150x150.png 150w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image117-768x772.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image117-75x75.png 75w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 897px) 100vw, 897px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If a customer wants to return a product and receive a refund, he or she must first submit a refund request, which is done by clicking the </span><b>Refund </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button in the orders area, which takes them to the </span><b>Refund Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27120 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image22.png" alt="request refund botton on view order" width="883" height="439" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image22.png 1008w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image22-300x149.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image22-768x382.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully submitting the refund request, the order will appear in the orders area with a status indication, as shown in the screencast below. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image19.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27121 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image19.png" alt="return requested in view my order" width="865" height="312" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image19.png 1004w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image19-300x108.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image19-768x277.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When the merchant or business owner receives the refund request from the customer, he or she can process it in the backend for approval or cancellation.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You may watch the screencast below to see the refund request made by the customer, which includes a coupon discount —</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27122 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image119.png" alt="Deduct Coupon Amount During Refund" width="922" height="844" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image119.png 1251w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image119-300x275.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image119-1024x938.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image119-768x704.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 922px) 100vw, 922px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When the merchant clicks the </span><b>Refund </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button in the backend to process the refund amount, the </span><b>Deduct Coupon Amount During Refund </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">setting on the Refund tab is activated. He or She will be allowed to deduct the coupon-based discount from the return amount manually. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The effect of this feature can be seen in the screencast below — </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image125.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27123 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image125.png" alt=" enter the refund amount and process the customer's refund. " width="943" height="989" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image125.png 1251w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image125-286x300.png 286w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image125-976x1024.png 976w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image125-768x806.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 943px) 100vw, 943px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Following that, the merchant is free to enter the refund amount and process the customer&#8217;s refund.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Take a look at the screencast below, which shows the coupon amount deducted from the refund amount processed.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image28.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27124 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image28.png" alt="coupon amount deducted from the refund amount processed" width="838" height="1343" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image28.png 906w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image28-187x300.png 187w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image28-639x1024.png 639w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image28-768x1231.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 838px) 100vw, 838px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>4.15. Enable Auto Accept Refund Request </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can offer an </span><b>Auto Accept Refund Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> feature within your plugin for refunds, likewise enabling or disabling this setting option. </span></p>
<h3><b>4.16. Enable To Block Customer Refund Request Mail</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply block the customer from sending refund request mails, likewise enabling or disabling this setting option. </span></p>
<h3><b>4.17. Enable Auto Restock When A Refund Request Accepted</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply Enable Auto Restock When Refund Request Accepted, likewise enabling or disabling this setting option. </span></p>
<hr />
<h2></h2>
<h2><b>APPEARANCE</b></h2>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><b>4.18. Refund Button Text</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply customize your refund button text utilizing this setting. Just enter the text to display as a caption within your refund button at the front end.</span></p>
<p><b>For Example</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; If you have updated your refund button text to be-</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then, at frontend, your refund button would look like this &#8211; </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image12.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27125" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image12.png" alt="Refund Button Text " width="834" height="504" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image12.png 1058w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image12-300x181.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image12-1024x619.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image12-768x465.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>4.19. Enable Refund Reason Description</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply customize your refund reason-based description text utilizing this setting.</span></p>
<h3><b>4.20. Predefined Refund Reason</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply offer custom predefined refund reasons for your refund-requesting customers utilizing this setting. Just enter the text over to display as predefined reasons for a refund at the front end.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just add your list of predefined refund reasons separated by commas and display over frontend likewise, for more clarity refer to the screencast-</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then, the frontend visual would be like &#8211; </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27126 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60.png" alt="Predefined Refund Reason" width="849" height="701" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60.png 989w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60-300x248.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60-768x634.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your customer can conveniently choose one reason from the given list and proceed further.</span></p>
<h3><b>4.21. Enable Refund Rules</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also enable/disable the refund rules displayed at the frontend utilizing this setting option available at the backend. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For that, just toggle On the Enable Refund Rules button and add your defined refund regulations in the Refund Rules Editor given below. </span></p>
<h3><b>4.22. Refund Rules Editor</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup option offers easy and seamless integration of the refund rules editor i.e. editor in the backend. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refund rules mentioned in the editor would easily be displayed over frontend, for clarity refer to the screencast below &#8211; </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27127" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9.png" alt="Refund Rules Editor" width="847" height="664" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9.png 1133w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9-300x235.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9-1024x803.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9-768x602.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 847px) 100vw, 847px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>4.23. Refund Form Wrapper Class</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The refund form-based wrapper class can be entered here utilizing the setting for the product page.</span></p>
<h3><b>4.24. Refund Form Custom CSS</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Custom CSS for your refund form can be entered here utilizing the setting option. Just add your custom CSS class here referring to the section.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other than these setting options, some other setup links are available beneath the setup page referring to the email setup, they are-</span></p>
<p><b>To Configure Refund Request Email Click Here.</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To confIgure the refund-request email-based setting you can refer to the link given here. &#8211; </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given to configure your refund request based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below &#8211; </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27128 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2.png" alt="Configure Refund Request Email Click Here" width="937" height="559" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2.png 1661w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-300x179.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-1024x611.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-768x458.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-1536x916.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 937px) 100vw, 937px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serve the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Subject</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This setting requires the mail subject-based input.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Heading</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Custom email</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The mail body or the mail description text needs to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Email type</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; You need to define the email type here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This offers the link to the original template-based email copy if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the View Template button.</span></li>
</ul>
<h4><b>To Configure Refund Request Accept Email Click Here.</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Similar to the refund request email configuration, you can also configure the refund-request accept email-based settings you can refer to the link given here and proceed with the settings part.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For a better understanding of the setup options and the page, refer to the screencast below-</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27128 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2.png" alt="Configure Refund Request Email Click Here" width="880" height="525" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2.png 1661w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-300x179.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-1024x611.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-768x458.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-1536x916.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 880px) 100vw, 880px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of accept email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Subject</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This setting requires the mail subject-based input.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Heading</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Custom email</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The mail body or the mail description text needs to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Email Type</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; You need to define the email type here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This offers the link to the original template-based email copy if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the View Template button. </span></li>
</ul>
<h4><b>To Configure Refund Request Cancel Email Click Here.</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To configure, refund-request cancel email-based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given to configure your cancel refund request based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below-</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27128" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2.png" alt="Configure Refund Request Email Click Here" width="916" height="546" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2.png 1661w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-300x179.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-1024x611.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-768x458.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image2-1536x916.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 916px) 100vw, 916px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of cancel email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Subject</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This setting requires the mail subject-based input.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Heading</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Custom email</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The mail body or the mail description text needs to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Email Type</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; You need to define the email type here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This offers the link to the original template-based email copy if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the View Template button.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>4.25. Reason for Refund Placeholder</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A placeholder can be added to this section of the settings to write refund reasons. The term &#8220;placeholder&#8221; refers to the set of words that appear in an input column or area before the user begins typing their data.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, the refund placeholder can be anything you want it to be to give your consumers an idea of what they need to fill in there.</span></p>
<h3><b>4.26. Refund Request Form Shipping Fee Description</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to add a shipping description within your refund request form, don’t worry just utilize this setting and easily add a description to your shipping.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to update your shipping fee description can be added if you want to inform your customer about any important update in your shipping fee. For instance, refer to the screencast below-</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image84.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27129" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image84.png" alt="Refund Request Form Shipping Fee Description" width="896" height="710" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image84.png 1038w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image84-300x238.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image84-1024x811.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image84-768x608.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 896px) 100vw, 896px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>4.27. Enable Refund Note On Product Page</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this setting to enable refund notes over the product page with ease, just you have to toggle switch ON the option to enable the feature.</span></p>
<h3><b>4.28. Refund Note On Product Page</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Corresponding to the above setting option the refund note text on the product page can be entered utilizing this option.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For a better understanding of the refund note, you can refer to the screencast displaying the custom refund note on the product page itself- </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27130 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4.png" alt="Refund Note On Product Page " width="792" height="590" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4.png 792w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4-300x223.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4-768x572.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>4.29. Choose Template</b></h3>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image71.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27810" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image71.jpg" alt="Choose Template" width="339" height="96" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image71.jpg 339w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image71-300x85.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 339px) 100vw, 339px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins can utilize this feature to present the customers with a brand new clear and concise refund form, that will make the refund process much more convenient. </span></p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation &#8211;</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image47.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27809" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image47.jpg" alt="refund form" width="534" height="613" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image47.jpg 534w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image47-261x300.jpg 261w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></a></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="exchange-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4374" id="exchange-tab" data-section-id="4374"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">5.</span>Exchange Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#exchange-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The next tab is the exchange tab available to set up exchange product-related settings.</span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="WooCommerce Refund And Exchange With RMA: How To Setup Exchange Functionality||  2022" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/kCCbZBmv_YY?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This tab includes different setup options along-</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-29794 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-tab-rma.png" alt="exchange tab rma pro" width="548" height="1600" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-tab-rma.png 548w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-tab-rma-103x300.png 103w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-tab-rma-351x1024.png 351w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-tab-rma-526x1536.png 526w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 548px) 100vw, 548px" /></p>
<h3><b>5.1. Select Pages to Hide Exchange Button</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You may easily hide your exchange button from the pages of your website by using the configuration option. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">All you have to do now is specify the page names and you&#8217;re ready to go.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.2. Enable Exchange Request With The Same Products Or Their Variations</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this setting, If you want to allow your customer to exchange the product only with the same product or its variations.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For a clearer understanding, kindly refer to the demonstrative example below-</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refer to the screencast that displays an exchange request form. This form consists of an exchange option product list. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image100.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27133 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image100.png" alt="Enable Exchange Request With The Same Products Or Their Variations" width="347" height="468" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image100.png 347w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image100-222x300.png 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 347px) 100vw, 347px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">What customers need to do is to just choose one similar or variable product utilizing the </span><b>Choose Product</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button given and set that as a replacement for their actual product.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.3. Enable To Manage Stock Button</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this setting if you want to automatically manage stock when any exchange request is accepted. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the exchange request, the admin can manage stock by clicking on “</span><b>Manage Stock</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">”.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27134 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image5.png" alt="Enable To Manage Stock Button" width="813" height="657" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image5.png 863w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image5-300x242.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image5-768x620.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 813px) 100vw, 813px" /></p>
<h3><b>5.4. Enable Attachment</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this setting for the customers to send the attachment with the exchange request. they can attach .png, .jpg, and .jpeg, WEBM type files.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.5. Attachment Limit</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can set the number of attachments that a customer can send along with the exchange request form. By default, this number is set to 15.</span></p>
<blockquote><p><b><i>Note </i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; When the Attachment limit on the front end is reached, the Add More button for additional attachments disappears automatically.</span></i></p></blockquote>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-attachment-in-rma.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-29513 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-attachment-in-rma.png" alt="enable attachment in rma" width="996" height="468" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-attachment-in-rma.png 1600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-attachment-in-rma-300x141.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-attachment-in-rma-1024x481.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-attachment-in-rma-768x361.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-attachment-in-rma-1536x722.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 996px) 100vw, 996px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><b>5.6. Enable to Exchange on Sales Item</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Through this setting, the administrator can enable the exchange feature for the sale items. Just toggle ON the switch to start offering refunds on your sale items.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.7. Deduct Coupon Amount During Exchange</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The administrator can enable this setting to deduct the coupon amount from the exchange amount at the time of the exchange Request.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.8. Enable To Block Customer Exchange Request Mail</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The administrator can enable this setting when they want customers to not receive any exchange-related mail. This setting option disables the reply email from the customers and offers only one-way reply communication.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.9. Enable To Auto Restock When Exchange Request Accepted</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can enable this setting to automatically manage the stock of the exchanged products. The product returned from the customers in exchange for some other product will be automatically added to the stock saving effort and time of the seller.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.10. Show Add To Cart Button</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this setting, if you want to show the “</span><b>Add To Cart</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” button at the time the exchange session is started. The “</span><b>Add To Cart</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” button will display with the “</span><b>Exchange Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">”.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For clearer understanding and demonstration, you can refer to the screencast below that displays the “</span><b>Add To Cart</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8221; button and will display with the “</span><b>Exchange Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8221; along with the shop page.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27136 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image40.png" alt="Show Add To Cart Button" width="691" height="408" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image40.png 827w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image40-300x177.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image40-768x453.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 691px) 100vw, 691px" /></p>
<h3><b>5.11. Enable To Allow The Exchange Request Cancellation By User</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By enabling this functionality, admins can allow their customers to cancel the created exchange request if they want to. This helps customers to have the flexibility over their decisions, and also helps the admins to save the hassle of the entire exchange process. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">NOTE: This functionality will only work if the initiated exchange request is not approved by the admin. </span></p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation &#8211;</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-tab.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27813" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-tab.png" alt="exchange tab" width="639" height="744" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-tab.png 639w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-tab-258x300.png 258w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 639px) 100vw, 639px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>5.12. Enable Auto Exchange Approval For Exchange Requests</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This functionality of the WooCommerce return and refund plugin, admins allow the exchange request made by customers to be accepted automatically.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><b>5.13. Enable/Disable Exchange Functionality For Specific User Roles</b></h3>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-1-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-29514 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-1-1.png" alt=" Enable/Disable Exchange Functionality For Specific User Roles " width="650" height="215" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-1-1.png 650w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-1-1-300x99.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this functionality of the WooCommerce Returns plugin, to enable/disable the feature to restrict the exchange functionality for specific user roles.  </span></p>
<h3><b>5.14. Select User Roles To Restrict Exchange Access</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins can select specific user roles (they can select from the default user roles available in the WooCommerce store), the exchange button will be hidden for the mentioned user roles. </span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h2><b>APPEARANCE</b></h2>
<h3><b>5.12. Exchange Button Text</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting you can easily update your exchange button text and update whatever you like to add. Just enter the text to display as a caption within your exchange button at the front end.</span></p>
<p><b>For Example</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; If you have updated your exchange button text to be-</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then, at frontend, your refund button would look like this &#8211; </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image112.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27137 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image112.png" alt="Exchange Button Text" width="940" height="471" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image112.png 1083w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image112-300x150.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image112-1024x513.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image112-768x385.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 940px) 100vw, 940px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>5.13. Enable Exchange Reason Description</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this option to enable the exchange reason description field. For that, you just need to toggle switch ON the setup option. </span></p>
<h3><b>5.14. Predefined Exchange Reason</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Merchants can add/remove predefined exchange reasons which may be the reason for the User. You can easily utilize this field to add multiple custom exchange reasons separated by commas (,) in the text field given here.</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Frontend Demonstration of the setting.…</span></i></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27155 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60-1.png" alt="Predefined Exchange Reason" width="932" height="770" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60-1.png 989w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60-1-300x248.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image60-1-768x634.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 932px) 100vw, 932px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>5.15. Enable Exchange Rules</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can add a list of rules for the exchange of the product in the exchange request form using this Rules Editor. For that, you just need to toggle switch ON this option to enable the feature.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image37n.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27156" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image37n.png" alt=" Enable Exchange Rules" width="972" height="285" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image37n.png 1627w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image37n-300x88.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image37n-1024x300.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image37n-768x225.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image37n-1536x450.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 972px) 100vw, 972px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><b>5.16. Exchange Rules Editor</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can add a list of rules for the exchange of the product in the exchange request form using this </span><b>Rules Editor</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.17. Reason Of Exchange Place Holder</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can add a list of reasons for the exchange of the product in the exchange request form using this Rules Editor.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.18. Exchange Request Form Shipping Fee Description</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can see the Extra Shipping Fee notification on the  Exchange Request Form.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.19. Enable Exchange Note on Product Page</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to show any information related to Exchange requests, Enable the “</span><b>Exchange Note on Product Page</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” setting and enter the message. This setting is applicable only for the “</span><b>Sale</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” products.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The notification will be displayed on the product page.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27130 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4.png" alt="Refund Note On Product Page" width="792" height="590" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4.png 792w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4-300x223.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image4-768x572.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>5.20. Exchange With Same Product Text</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting option allows the merchant to exchange the product with the same product and its text customization.</span></p>
<h3><b>5.21. Exchange Form Wrapper Class</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting admin can Write the Main Wrapper Class &amp; Child Wrapper Class of Theme if add some design on the front.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27157" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85.png" alt="Exchange Form Wrapper Class" width="827" height="317" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85.png 1010w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85-300x115.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85-768x294.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>5.22. Exchange Form Custom CSS</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can change the physical properties of the exchange form using the custom CSS.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other than these setting options, some other setup links are available beneath the setup page referring to the email setup, they are.</span></p>
<h4><b>To Configure RMA Exchange Request Email:- </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To configure, exchange -and request email-based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given to configure your exchange -request based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below &#8211; </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-email-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27161 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-email-1.png" alt="exchange request email" width="929" height="557" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-email-1.png 1565w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-email-1-300x180.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-email-1-1024x614.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-email-1-768x460.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-email-1-1536x921.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 929px) 100vw, 929px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include &#8211;</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Subject</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This setting requires the mail subject-based input.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Heading</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Custom email</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The mail body or the mail description text needs to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Email Type</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; You need to define the email type here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This offers the link to the original template-based email copy if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the View Template button.</span></li>
</ul>
<h4><b>To Configure RMA Exchange Request Accept Mail:- </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To configure, exchange-request accept email-based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Similar to the exchange-request accept configuration, you can also configure the exchange-request accept email-based settings you can refer to the link given here and proceed with the settings part.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For a better understanding of the setup options and the page, refer to the screencast below &#8211; </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image24.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27159" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image24.png" alt="Configure Exchange Request Email" width="912" height="572" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image24.png 1603w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image24-300x188.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image24-1024x643.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image24-768x482.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image24-1536x964.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 912px) 100vw, 912px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of exchange-request accept email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Subject</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This setting requires the mail subject-based input.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Heading</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Custom email</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The mail body or the mail description text needs to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Email Type </b>&#8211; You need to define the email type here.</li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This offers the link to the original template-based email copy if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the View Template button. </span></li>
</ul>
<h4><b>To Configure RMA Exchange Request Cancel Email:- </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To configure, exchange-request cancel email-based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given to configure your exchange request cancel based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below &#8211; </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-cancel-email.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27162" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-cancel-email.png" alt="exchange request cancel email" width="939" height="546" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-cancel-email.png 1594w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-cancel-email-300x174.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-cancel-email-1024x596.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-cancel-email-768x447.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/exchange-request-cancel-email-1536x893.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 939px) 100vw, 939px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of exchange-request cancel email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include &#8211;</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Subject</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This setting requires the mail subject-based input.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Heading</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li><b>Custom email</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The mail body or the mail description text needs to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li><b>Email Type</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; You need to define the email type here.</span></li>
<li><b>HTML Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This offers the link to the original template-based email copy if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the View Template button. </span></li>
<li style="list-style-type: none;"></li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="cancel-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4376" id="cancel-tab" data-section-id="4376"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">6.</span>Cancel Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#cancel-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The next tab is the exchange tab available to set up exchange product-related settings. </span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How do I add a cancel functionality in WooCommerce Refund And Exchange With RMA in 2023?" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Z447DObZk9E?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This tab includes different setup options along &#8211; </span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29793" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/cancel-tab-rma.png" alt="cancel tab rma " width="1127" height="1600" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/cancel-tab-rma.png 1127w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/cancel-tab-rma-211x300.png 211w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/cancel-tab-rma-721x1024.png 721w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/cancel-tab-rma-768x1090.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/cancel-tab-rma-1082x1536.png 1082w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1127px) 100vw, 1127px" /></p>
<h3><b>6.1. Enable Cancel Order’s Product</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want your customer to cancel their products after purchasing, then enable the Cancel Order setting.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Through this setting, the customer can send a Cancel Order request by clicking on the “Cancel Order” button.  Enabling this setting, the admin can allow the customer to cancel only the selected products instead of the whole order. </span></p>
<h3><b>6.2. Select Pages To Hide The Cancel Button</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling this setting, the admin can allow the customer to cancel only the selected products over the selected pages of your website instead of the whole order. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image43-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27168" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image43-1.png" alt="select pages to hide cancel button" width="592" height="247" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image43-1.png 618w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image43-1-300x125.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>6.3. Enable/Disable Cancel Functionality For Specific User Roles</b></h3>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-disable-by-user-role.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-29516 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-disable-by-user-role.png" alt="enable disable by user role" width="681" height="233" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-disable-by-user-role.png 903w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-disable-by-user-role-300x103.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/enable-disable-by-user-role-768x263.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 681px) 100vw, 681px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this functionality of the WooCommerce Returns plugin to enable/disable the feature to restrict the cancel functionality for specific user roles. </span></p>
<h3><b>6.4. Select User Roles To Restrict Cancel Access</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins can select specific user roles (they can select from the default user roles available in the WooCommerce store), the cancel button will be hidden for the mentioned user roles.</span></p>
<h3><b>6.5. Enable/Disable Cancel Functionality based on User Count</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins can enable this functionality to limit the number of cancel requests, just configure this setting to do so. </span></p>
<h3><b>6.6. Cancel Limit for User Count</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the number after which the cancel functionality will be restricted for the customers. </span></p>
<h3><b>6.7. Enable/Disable Cancel Functionality For Particular User To Prevent Fraud</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By enabling this setting, you can restrict the cancel functionality for particular user. Utilize this functionality to prevent fraudulent activities. </span></p>
<h3><b>6.8. Enter Particular User Email to Restrict From Cancel Functionality</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this section to enter the user email address to restrict them to use the cancel functionality.</span></p>
<h2><b>APPEARANCE </b></h2>
<h3><b>6.9. Cancel Order Button Text </b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting you can easily update your cancel order button text and update whatever you like to add.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To get an idea of the frontend demonstration of this setup option, kindly refer to the screencast attached below &#8211; </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image56.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27170" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image56.png" alt="modify cancel order botton text " width="764" height="472" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image56.png 998w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image56-300x185.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image56-768x474.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 764px) 100vw, 764px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>6.10. Cancel Product Button Text</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting you can easily update your canceled product button text and update whatever you like to add.</span></p>
<h3><b>6.11. Cancel Form Wrapper Class</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting admin can Write the Main Wrapper Class &amp; Child Wrapper Class of Theme if add some design on the frontend.</span></p>
<h3><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27171 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85-1.png" alt="cancel form wrapper class" width="790" height="303" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85-1.png 1010w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85-1-300x115.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image85-1-768x294.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 790px) 100vw, 790px" /></a><b>6.12. Cancel Form Custom CSS</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can change the physical properties of the exchange form using the custom CSS.</span></p>
<h3><b>6.13. Choose Template</b></h3>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image71.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27810" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image71.jpg" alt="Choose Template" width="339" height="96" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image71.jpg 339w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image71-300x85.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 339px) 100vw, 339px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins can utilize this feature to present the customers with a brand new clear and concise refund form, that will make the refund process much more convenient. </span></p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation &#8211;</strong></p>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image52.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27815" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image52.jpg" alt="cancel request form" width="679" height="527" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image52.jpg 679w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image52-300x233.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other than these setting options, some other setup links are available beneath the setup page referring to the email setup, they are-</span></p>
<h4><b>To Configure Cancel Related Email</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To configure, and cancel email-based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given to configure your cancel based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below-</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-27172 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image17.png" alt="Configure Cancel Related Email" width="907" height="491" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image17.png 1353w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image17-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image17-1024x554.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image17-768x416.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of cancel email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Subject</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This setting requires the mail subject-based input.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Heading</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Email Type</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; You need to define the email type here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This offers the link to the original template-based email copy if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the View Template button.</span></li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="rma-policies-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4377" id="rma-policies-tab" data-section-id="4377"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">7.</span>RMA Policies Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#rma-policies-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is an outstanding setup tab available to set up the predefined set of rules for the refund request. In other words, the merchant or the store owner can set up the number of protocols based on the rules followed by if/else cases under the setting to be carried over as the refund policies.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more clarity in the process refer to the tab screencast attached below-</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image38.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27175" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image38.png" alt="refund policies tab " width="928" height="610" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image38.png 1342w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image38-300x197.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image38-1024x674.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image38-768x505.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 928px) 100vw, 928px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting options allows merchant or store owners to create custom taxonomies for their main processes likewise-</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Simply choose one of the three alternatives and begin creating your own RMA-based refund, exchange, or cancellation policy, picking for the case scenario offered, i.e. In case: If.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the screencast below, you&#8217;ll see the case scenario, followed by a variety of options.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image14.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27177 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image14.png" alt="rma policies order status" width="216" height="164" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can select any of the alternatives and continue with the policy configuration. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let me explain what each option means and why it was chosen.</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Maximum Days</b></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Merchants can use this option to specify the number of days associated with their process policy. It&#8217;s as simple as stating the number of days.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27176 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image1.png" alt="rma policies less than" width="224" height="132" /></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<h3><b>Order Status </b></h3>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This option is quite important, as it is followed by roughly </span><b>12+ status parameters</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> that create different order processing statuses (see details below).</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Completed</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the completion of an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Processing</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the order isn’t completed i.e. under process.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Refund Approved</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the refund approval related to an order that is requested for refund.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Refund Cancelled</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the cancellation of a refund related to an order that is requested for the refund</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Refunded</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the refund completion status of an order.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Refund Requested</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211;  This status defines the request initiation placement of a refund related to an order.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image63.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27178 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image63.png" alt="rma order status processing " width="232" height="331" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image63.png 239w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image63-210x300.png 210w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 232px) 100vw, 232px" /></a></p>
<ul>
<li>
<h3>Order Status <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span> &#8211;</h3>
</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Canceled</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the cancellation of an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Failed</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the failure of an order due to any circumstantial issue.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Exchange Requested</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the request initiation placement of an exchange related to an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Exchange Approved</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the approval of an exchange related to an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Exchange Canceled</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the cancellation of exchange related to an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Pending Payment</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the pending payment status of an order placed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>On Hold</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the process on halt or on hold due to any circumstantial issue or concern.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><b>Tax Handling</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This option can be used to develop tax-related regulations that can aid in the refund, exchange, or cancellation of an order. There are two more sub-options in this option—</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Include Tax- This option defines the inclusion of tax in that policy or order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Exclude Tax- This option defines the exclusion of tax in that policy or order.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image66.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27179" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image66.png" alt="include tax and exclude tax in rma settings" width="232" height="54" /></a></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Minimum Order <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></b></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The minimum number of orders that can be placed is defined by this parameter. Yes, you can use this option to set up as many orders as your store can dispatch. </span></p>
<ul>
<li><b>Exclude Categories <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span> </b></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As the name implies, this choice entailed the policy&#8217;s exclusion of product-based categories. Simply type the name of the product category in the box, and that category will be automatically excluded.</span></p>
<ul>
<li><b>Exclude Products <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span> </b></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This option, like the one before it, involves the exclusion of products from a policy. Simply type the product&#8217;s name into the box, and those items will be automatically excluded.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For Instance, let me assist you with the RMA Policy for each process i.e. Refund, Exchange &amp; Cancel &#8211;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this, we have created a policy for RMA Exchange that denotes that exchange can only be performed if the maximum number of days for an order is less than 4.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image34.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27180 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image34.png" alt="exchange less than 4 rma " width="1269" height="82" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image34.png 1269w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image34-300x19.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image34-1024x66.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image34-768x50.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1269px) 100vw, 1269px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is the scenario, where we have created a policy for RMA Refund that denotes a refund can be possible only if tax is included along with the refund amount processed.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-27181" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image65.png" alt="refund include tax rma " width="1267" height="84" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image65.png 1267w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image65-300x20.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image65-1024x68.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image65-768x51.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Likewise, the above two scenarios consist of an RMA Cancellation policy that denotes — the exclusion of defined categories based products for cancellation.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-27182" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image16.png" alt="cancel exclude categories " width="1263" height="98" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image16.png 1263w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image16-300x23.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image16-1024x79.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image16-768x60.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1263px) 100vw, 1263px" /></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="order-message-tab-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4378" id="order-message-tab-2" data-section-id="4378"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">8.</span>Order Message Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#order-message-tab-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image75.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27184 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image75.png" alt="order message tab" width="810" height="682" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image75.png 848w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image75-300x253.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image75-768x647.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The very next tab to the RMA Policies tab is the Order Messages tab. This tab is minimal in the setting options available but ranks first among the features it offers. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the features of the tab, store owners can conveniently set up the messaging or the direct dialogue-based text exchange between the customer and the merchant itself. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This tab includes setup options like —</span></p>
<h3><b>8.1. Enable Attachment</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is also a toggle setting that allows store owners or merchants to Enable/Disable the toggle switch to allow your customers to access the image files attachment field in their refund order messages.</span></p>
<h3><b>8.2. Enable to Block Email <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span><br />
</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The administrator can enable this setting when they want customers to not receive any exchange-related mail.</span></p>
<h3><b>8.3. Order Message Button Text</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply customize your order message button text utilizing this setting. Just enter the text to display as a caption within your order message button at the front end.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other than these setting options, some other setup links are available beneath the setup page referring to the email setup, that is-</span></p>
<p><b>To Configure Order Message Email</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to configure, refund-request cancel order email-based settings you can refer to the link given here and proceed with the settings part.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-37.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27411 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-37.png" alt="Configure Order Message Email Click Here" width="866" height="1600" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-37.png 866w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-37-162x300.png 162w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-37-554x1024.png 554w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-37-768x1419.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-37-831x1536.png 831w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of cancel email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serve the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<h4><b>Email Notifications</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It contains a list of multiple email notifications that are useful for your WooCommerce store processing. You can enable or disable any of the notification emails that seem feasible for you.</span></p>
<h4><b>Email Sender Options</b></h4>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>From “name”</b></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a text field that defines— how a sender name would appear in an outgoing WooCommerce email from your store. It is predefined here as the store admin name, still, if you require you can update that as per your ease.</span><b></b></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>From “address”</b></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is also a text field that requires—-how a sender email would appear in an outgoing WooCommerce email from your store. It is predefined here as the store admin’s email, still, if you require you can update that as per your ease.</span></p>
<h4><b>Email Template </b></h4>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Header Image</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is an attribute field that requires a URL to an image as an input of an image that you want to show in the email header. Remember, upload images using the media uploader (Admin &gt; Media).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Footer Text</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is also a text field that requires input of text that you want to appear in the footer of all WooCommerce emails. Remember, all available placeholders: {site_title} {site_url} are utilized in this field.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Base Color</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This field requires the input of the base color for WooCommerce email templates. By default the color given is— #96588a</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Background Color</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is also a color field that requires to be inputted for WooCommerce email templates. By default the background color given would be—</span><b>  #f7f7f7.</b></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Body Background Color</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This field requires input of the main body background color. By default, the given color would be—</span><b> #ffffff.</b></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Body Text Color</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This field requires the input of the main body text color. By default the color given would be— </span><b>#3c3c3c</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><b>Enable Email Insights</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; Enable this option, if you want to receive email notifications with additional guidance to complete the basic store setup and helpful insights. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="wallet-tab-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4379" id="wallet-tab-2" data-section-id="4379"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">9.</span>Wallet Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#wallet-tab-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this </span><b>Wallet Settings</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> tab if you want to add your customers&#8217; refunded amount directly to their wallets. For this, you need to first enable the </span><b>Enable Wallet </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">toggle in the </span><b>General Settings</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> tab and then perform the latter setting here in this tab to make the wallet refund process in action. </span></p>
<p><iframe loading="lazy" title="How To Set Up A Wallet System With RMA on the WordPress Website in 2023?" width="500" height="281" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Btt6MC11UAU?feature=oembed" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" allowfullscreen></iframe></p>
<blockquote><p><b><i>Note</i></b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">We’re delighted to inform you that our </span></i><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/wallet-system-for-woocommerce/"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">WooCommerce Wallet System Free.</span></i></a><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span></i><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/wallet-system-for-woocommerce-pro/?utm_source=wpswings-wallet-pro&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=wallet-pro"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Wallet System for WooCommerce PRO</span></i></a><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> are all compatible with the plugin. So, instead of implying any other wallet system to your store, you can try your hands on it too.</span></i></p></blockquote>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-29517" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3-1.png" alt="wallet rma " width="1003" height="470" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3-1.png 1564w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3-1-300x140.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3-1-1024x479.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3-1-768x359.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3-1-1536x719.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><b>9.1. Enable To Use Wallet System For WooCommerce Plugin</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After enabling this setting, the refunded amount will be automatically added to the customer&#8217;s wallet. </span></p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; Once the wallet amount is migrated to the “</span><b>WooCommerce Wallet System</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” plugin, then it can’t be reversed. </span></em></p></blockquote>
<h3><b>9.2. Enable To Select Refund Method For The Customer</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling this setting if the Admin wants to allow the customer to select the refund method. There are two types of refund methods-</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refund in Customer Wallet</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refund Through Manual Method</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the customer selects the refund method is Refund Through Manual Method then Admin refunds the amount through the manual process.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27191" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9-1.png" alt="order refund request form " width="978" height="767" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9-1.png 1133w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9-1-300x235.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9-1-1024x803.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image9-1-768x602.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 978px) 100vw, 978px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here the admin enters the refund amount and clicks on the “</span><b>Refund Manually</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">”. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image102.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27192 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image102.png" alt="manually refund order in rma " width="797" height="434" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image102.png 852w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image102-300x163.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image102-768x418.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 797px) 100vw, 797px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the customer selects the refund method as “</span><b>Refund in Customer Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” then the refunded amount automatically adds to the customer wallet after approving the refund request.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image104.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27193 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image104.png" alt="my account wallet refund amount " width="797" height="403" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image104.png 823w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image104-300x152.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image104-768x388.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 797px) 100vw, 797px" /></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">Apart from that, you can also enable your Cancel Order Amount to Wallet-based setup option available in this tab. </span></p>
<h3><b>9.3. Cancel Order Amount to Wallet</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This option offers a seamless refund of all canceled and paid orders to your customer’s wallet directly.</span></p>
<h3><b>9.4. Wallet Coupon Prefix</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refer to the screenshot above, you can get an idea of the Wallet Coupon Prefix and Wallet Shortcode based setup options available. You can either utilize the predefined ones or can modify them as per your ease, in order to generate wallet based coupon codes for your customers.</span></p>
<h3><b>9.5. Wallet Shortcode</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize the shortcode “WPS_RMA_Customer_Wallet” to be in a position to take advantage of this feature. </span></p>
<h3><b>9.6. Enable Refund Method Selection Via TerraWallet</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Merchants will have to first install Tera wallet also known as Wallet for WooCommerce. </span><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/woo-wallet/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Download from here</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. After successfully downloading and activating the plugin, your customers will get the option to get their refunded amount via Terra Wallet. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">NOTE: Merchants can allow the customers to either get their refunded amount via Wallet System for WooCommerce or through Terra Wallet. Both these compatibilities will not work together. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Frontend Representation, </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-29518 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4-1.png" alt="enable refund in terawallet " width="949" height="446" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4-1.png 1600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4-1-300x141.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4-1-1024x481.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4-1-768x361.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4-1-1536x722.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 949px) 100vw, 949px" /></a></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="global-shipping-tab-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4380" id="global-shipping-tab-2" data-section-id="4380"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">10.</span>Global Shipping Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#global-shipping-tab-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Through this setting, you can add an extra shipping amount to the refund/exchange requests. You can add the shipping amount by two different methods.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27196 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image124.png" alt="Global Shipping Tab" width="876" height="515" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image124.png 1133w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image124-300x176.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image124-1024x602.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image124-768x451.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 876px) 100vw, 876px" /></p>
<h3><b>10.1. Enable Global Shipping</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This section is used to enable the </span><b>Global Shipping</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for your shipping services offered. To enable this setting you have to enable.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as you enable the global shipping button, there opens up an option in the form of a button i.e. </span><b>ADD FEE</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> with two field options along with </span><b>Fee Name</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><b>Fee Cost</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Here, you can get an idea of what I’m referring to utilizing the screencast below &#8211; </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can conveniently create as much as a global shipping-based fee utilizing the </span><b>ADD FEE</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button and </span><b>SAVE SETTINGS</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to continue with, else can utilize the Remove button to discard that particular fee.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For Instance, you can refer to the screencast below to get an idea of global shipping cost addition.</span></p>
<h3><b>10.2. Enable Product Category Based Shipping</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This section is used to enable shipping based on the product category. Utilizing this setup option you can see the </span><b>Extra Shipping Fee</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> notification on the </span><b>Refund Request Form </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and </span><b>Exchange Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">What you have to do is to just </span><b>Enable Product Category Based </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Shipping, that button thereby opens up a new field </span><b>Select Product Categories</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> into which you need to select the list of categories into which you want to add global shipping and hit</span><b> SAVE SETTINGS</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to continue with.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="integration-tab-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4381" id="integration-tab-2" data-section-id="4381"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">11.</span>Integration Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#integration-tab-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This plugin provides integration with top shipping channels such as ShipEngine and ShipStation which offers a multi-carrier solution to all eCommerce retailers. You can select any of the shipping providers that can help you fulfill your business requirements. To activate the functionalities of a multi-carrier provider follow the listed steps-</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image20.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27199" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image20.png" alt="integration tab rma " width="863" height="429" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image20.png 1593w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image20-300x149.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image20-1024x508.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image20-768x381.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image20-1536x763.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting tab consists of two setup further tabs, likewise— first Go to the </span><b>WooCommerce </b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> &gt; </span><b>RMA Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> &gt; </span><b>ReturnShip Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> sub-tab.</span></p>
<h3><b>11.1 Returnship Label</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup tab option is enabled if you want to generate the return shipping label through </span><b>ShipEngine</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It includes further setup options like-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1">
<h4><b>Enable Shipping Label</b></h4>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing this setup option, you can conveniently enable your product’s shipping labels based on their refund or return requests. Enable this to send a return slip label to the customer for sending the returned product back. </span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1">
<h4><b>Enable ShipStation Shipping Label</b></h4>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this setup option and generate your ship station labels with ease. Just, enable this and create a return ship label through the ship station platform.</span></p>
<h4><b>To Configure Returnship Related Email</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Want to configure your returnship-related email, just refer to the link given here and make use of the settings available there.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given to configure your RMA returnship email based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below-</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27202" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-1.png" alt="Configure Returnship Related Email" width="556" height="351" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-1.png 512w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-1-300x189.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of RMA returnship email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include &#8211;</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Subject</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This setting requires the mail subject-based input.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Heading</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Custom email</strong>&#8211; The main body of the mail description text needs to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Email Type</strong>&#8211; You need to define the email type here.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>HTML Template</strong>&#8211; This offers the link to the original template-based email copy if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the View Template button.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After that, navigate to the </span><b>WooCommerce </b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> &gt; </span><b>RMA Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> &gt; </span><b>Ship Integration </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">sub-tab.</span></p>
<h3><b>11.2. SHIP INTEGRATION</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup tab option is enabled if you want to generate the return shipping label through ShipEngine. It includes further setup options like-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1">
<h4><b>Ship Station Configuration</b></h4>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup option offers seamless ship station configuration for merchants. If you’ve selected ShipStation as your shipping channel, then you need to enter your </span><b>API Key + Secret Key</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and click on the </span><b>Validate Account</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27204 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3.png" alt="shipstation configuration " width="479" height="336" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3.png 479w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-3-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></a></p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to validate your account if you want to use the functionalities of these shipping channels and let them integrate with your plugin and store successfully.</span></em></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully performing the above steps, you can see the </span><b>Account Settings </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">on your dashboard. Here, you can connect your eCommerce store with the required </span><b>Carrier Services</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After that, just fill in your </span><b>Ship Integration</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> details for the shipping channel you’ve selected and click on the</span><b> Save Settings </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button &amp; start generating the return shipping label.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image83.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27205" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image83.png" alt="ship integration details" width="489" height="783" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image83.png 548w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image83-187x300.png 187w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /></a><b>Workflow</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">: Remember, whenever your customer transmits a refund request, you can create a return label for your customer by clicking on the “</span><b>Create Return Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” button.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27206 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4.png" alt="create retunrn label slip" width="769" height="630" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4.png 867w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4-300x246.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-4-768x629.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 769px) 100vw, 769px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully accepting the refund request, click on the ‘</span><b>Create Return Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">’ button to generate a Refund Label Slip for your customer.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can see the notification from the left sidebar on the successfully created </span><b>Return Label </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">slip.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-5.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27207" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-5.png" alt="return label order notes message" width="936" height="1132" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-5.png 1195w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-5-248x300.png 248w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-5-846x1024.png 846w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-5-768x929.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 936px) 100vw, 936px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully generating a </span><b>Return Label,</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the customer will get a mail with the <strong>S</strong></span><b>hipEngine Return Ship Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> link. By clicking on that link they can get the Return Ship Label.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-6.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27208 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-6.png" alt="return ship mail subjects" width="830" height="344" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-6.png 1029w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-6-300x124.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-6-1024x425.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-6-768x319.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 830px) 100vw, 830px" /></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here you can see the Sample Return Ship Label PDF. Using this slip your customer can take the benefits of Carrier Services to return the product.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image72.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27209 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image72.png" alt="sample label" width="452" height="642" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image72.png 499w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image72-211x300.png 211w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>11.3. SHIPROCKET INTEGRATION</b></h3>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1">
<h4><b>ShipRocket Configuration</b></h4>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup option offers seamless configuration for merchants. If you’ve selected </span><b>ShipRocket</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> as your shipping channel, then you need to enter your </span><b>API Key</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and click on the </span><b>Validate Account</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></p>
<blockquote><p><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">Note- You need to enter your product-based details likewise- height, weight, dimensions, etc. if you want to use the functionalities of Ship Rocket shipping channel and let them integrate with your plugin and store successfully.</span></em></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For a clearer understanding of this setup option, kindly refer to this screencast below—</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image113.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27211 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image113.png" alt="shiprocket configuration" width="636" height="390" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image113.png 689w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image113-300x184.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 636px) 100vw, 636px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you have no idea where to fetch the Api Details For Shiprocket, then just simply </span><a href="https://app.shiprocket.in/api-user"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click Here</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and refer to the Shiprocket Dashboard.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just after that, to set up channel options for seamless shiprocket configuration for merchants. If you’ve selected ShipRocket as your shipping channel, then you need to enter your Shiprocket Channel ID and your Shiprocket Channel Name.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-7.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27213 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-7.png" alt="shiprocket Channel id " width="756" height="229" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-7.png 756w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-7-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you have no idea where to fetch the Channel Details For Shiprocket, then just simply </span><a href="https://app.shiprocket.in/seller/channels"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click Here</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for your Shiprocket Dashboard</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<h4><b>Ship Rocket Warehouse Address</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This section requires you to add your warehouse address details which would help you out in an easy shipping process via Ship Rocket.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For fields and details, kindly refer to the below screenshot—</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27215 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image29.png" alt="Shiprocket warehouse address" width="484" height="760" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image29.png 566w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image29-191x300.png 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just enter the warehouse details here in the fields and hit Save to continue.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="api-settings-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3577" id="api-settings-tab" data-section-id="3577"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">12.</span>API Settings Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#api-settings-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The last tab of the plugin setup area is </span><b>API Settings</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This tab&#8217;s sole purpose lies in the API setup for the plugin&#8217;s smooth integration over 3rd party sites. Our bespoke WooCommerce plugin offers easy and seamless integration of the plugin’s API into their shop. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The plugin not only acts as a link between the third-party API and the online store, but it also cuts down on the time it takes to complete each procedure. For that minimal setting, options are to be available here, which include-</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="enable-api_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4382" id="enable-api" data-section-id="4382"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">12.1.</span>Enable API <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#enable-api')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This denotes the API enable toggle switch that thereby turns ON or OFF the API setting for the plugin. API settings thereby refers to an outstanding feature for the plugin i.e. you can utilize these settings to enable your plugin.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/API-Setting-Tab.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27229 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/API-Setting-Tab.png" alt="enable api setting" width="551" height="407" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/API-Setting-Tab.png 577w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/API-Setting-Tab-300x221.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></a></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="secret-key_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4383" id="secret-key" data-section-id="4383"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">12.2.</span>Secret Key <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#secret-key')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup option offers to save as well as generate your secret key for integration. Store owners can easily generate their integration secret key utilizing the </span><b>GENERATE KEY</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button available and store that using the </span><b>SAVE SETTINGS</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button thereafter.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">That&#8217;s all for the initial setting options for the RMA plugin. For further clarity, there&#8217;s only one way through i.e. downloading and installing on your website.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="api-implementation-3_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4442" id="api-implementation-3" data-section-id="4442"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">12.3.</span>API Implementation <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#api-implementation-3')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><h4><b>1. Refund Request:</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This API used to make a refund request on the order,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">HTTP Request:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">POST  /wp-json/rma/refund-request</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">curl -X POST </span><a href="https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request"><span style="font-weight: 400;">https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -u &#8220;secret_key: rma secret key&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -d &#8216;{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;order_id&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;order id&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span> <span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;reason&#8221;: &#8220;&lt; reason for refund&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}&#8217;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Json successful response:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;success&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;code&#8221;: 200,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Refund request send successfully&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    }</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Json error response: (wrong order id or null value)</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please Provide the correct order id to perform the process &#8220;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Json error response: (return request made and accepted)</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Return Request Already has been made and accepted&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Json error response: ( if problem occur )</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Some problem occur while refund requesting&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Json error response: ( if refund reason not provided )</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please provide the refund reason&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span><b></b></p>
<h4><b>2. Partial Refund Request( if RMA PRO is Activated ): </b><b></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This API used to make a partial refund request on the order,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">HTTP Request:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">POST  /wp-json/rma/refund-request</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">curl -X POST </span><a href="https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request"><span style="font-weight: 400;">https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">       -u &#8220;secret_key: rma secret key&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">       -d &#8216;{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;order_id&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;order id&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> “products”:”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">[</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;product_id&#8221;: product_id_val,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">       &#8220;qty&#8221;: 3</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">},</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{  &#8220;variation_id&#8221;: variation_id_val,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">       &#8220;qty&#8221;: 2</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">]”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span> <span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;reason&#8221;: &#8220;&lt; reason for refund&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> &#8220;refund_method&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;refund method&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}&#8217;</span></p>
<p><b>NOTE: </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here the refund value &#8211; manual_method , wallet_method. </span></p>
<p><b>Json successful response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;success&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;code&#8221;: 200,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Refund request send successfully&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (when wrong or null order id is given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please Provide the correct order id to perform the process&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if refund request already made and accepted for any item)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Refund request already has been made and accepted for the items you have given&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if given item quantity is greater than order’s item quantity)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Quantity given for items is greater than the order’s items quantity&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (some other problem)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Some problem occur while refund requesting&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if wrong item ID is given for that order)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;These item id does not belongs to the order&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if item ID is not given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;please give the item ids which needs to be refund&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if item quantity is not given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;please give the item quantity which needs to be refund&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the correct json format data not given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;please give the correct products json format&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<h4><b>3. Refund Request Accepted:</b><b></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This API used to accept refund requests on the order,</span></p>
<p><b>HTTP Request:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">POST  /wp-json/rma/refund-request-accept</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">curl -X POST </span><a href="https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request-accept"><span style="font-weight: 400;">https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request-accept</span></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        -u &#8220;secret_key: rma secret key&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">       -d &#8216;{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;order_id&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;order id&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}&#8217;</span></p>
<p><b>Json successful response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;success&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;code&#8221;: 200,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Return Request Accepted Successfully&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Some problem occur while refund request accepting&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if refund request not made already)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;You can only perform the refund request accept when request has been made earlier&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if null or wrong order ID is given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please Provide the correct order id to perform the process&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if refund request already approved)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;You have already perform the accept the request&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<h4><b>4. Refund Request Cancel:</b><b></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This API used to cancel refund requests on the order, </span></p>
<p><b>HTTP Request:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">POST  /wp-json/rma/refund-request-cancel</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">curl -X POST https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request-cancel</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">                  -u &#8220;secret_key: rma secret key&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -d &#8216;{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;order_id&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;order id&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}&#8217;</span></p>
<p><b>Json successful response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;success&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;code&#8221;: 200,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Return Request Cancel Successfully&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (other problem occur)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Some problem occur while refund request cancelling&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if refund request cancel perform when there is not refund request is made earlier)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;You can only perform the refund request cancel when request has been made earlier&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (when wrong or null order ID is given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please Provide the correct order id to perform the process&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if refund request already cancelled)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;You have already perform the cancel the request&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span><b></b></p>
<h4><b>5. Exchange Request <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span> :</b><b></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This API used to make a exchange request on the order, </span></p>
<p><b>HTTP Request:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">POST  /wp-json/rma/exchange-request:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">curl -X POST </span><a href="https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request"><span style="font-weight: 400;">https://example.com/wp-json/rm</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">a/exchange-request</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -u &#8220;secret_key: rma secret key&gt;&#8221; </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -d &#8216;{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;order_id&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;order id&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;products&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;from&#8221;:[</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{&#8220;product_id&#8221;:product_id_val,&#8221;qty&#8221;:item_qty},</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{&#8220;variation_id&#8221;:variation_id_val,&#8221;qty&#8221;:item_qty}</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">],</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;to&#8221;:[</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{&#8220;variation_id&#8221;:variation_id_val,&#8221;qty&#8221;:qty},</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{&#8220;product_id&#8221;:product_id_va;,&#8221;qty&#8221;:qty}</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">]</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">   &gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;refund_method&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;refund method&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span> <span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;reason&#8221;: &#8220;&lt; reason for refund&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}&#8217;</span></p>
<p><b>Json successful response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;success&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;code&#8221;: 200,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Exchange request send successfully&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if exchange already made and accepted)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Exchange request already has been made and accepted for the items you have given&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the variation id is not given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please enter the correct variation id to continue the process&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the the wrong product ID is given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please enter the correct product id to continue the process&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the given item id not belongs to the order)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;These item id does not belongs to the order&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if item id is not given for exchange)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please give the item ids which needs to be exchange&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the item quantity is not given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please give the item qty which needs to be exchange&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the exchange reason is not given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please Provide the reason for exchange&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the greater quantity is given as compare to order item quantity)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Quantity given for the items is greater than the order’s items quantity&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the variation id is given and variation details isn’t given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please Enter the variations to continue the process &#8220;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the wrong product to exchange details is given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;There is wrong details given in the from products exchange&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if the wrong product to exchange details is given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;There is wrong details given in the to products exchange&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if wrong or null order ID is given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please Enter the correct order id to perform the process&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<h4><b>6. Exchange Request Accept: <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span> </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This API used to accept the exchange request on the order,</span></p>
<p><b>HTTP Request:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">POST  /wp-json/rma/exchange-request-accept:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">curl -X POST </span><a href="https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request"><span style="font-weight: 400;">https://example.com/wp-json/rm</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">a/exchange-request-accept</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">-u &#8220;secret_key: rma secret key&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -d &#8216;{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;order_id&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;order id&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}&#8217;</span></p>
<p><b>Json successful response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;success&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;code&#8221;: 200,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Exchange request accept successfully&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response:(other problem occur)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Some problem occur while exchange request accepting”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if exchange request not made earlier)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;You can only perform the exchange request accept when the request has been made earlier”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if wrong order ID or null value is given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please Provide the correct order_id to perform the process”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if exchange request approved earlier)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;You have approved the exchange request already”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span><b></b></p>
<h4><b>7. Exchange Request Cancel: <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span> </b><b></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This API used to cancel the exchange request on the order.</span></p>
<p><b>HTTP Request:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">POST  /wp-json/rma/exchange-request-cancel:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">curl -X POST </span><a href="https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request"><span style="font-weight: 400;">https://example.com/wp-json/rm</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">a/exchange-request-cancel</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">     -u &#8220;secret_key: rma secret key&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -d &#8216;{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;order_id&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;order id&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}&#8217;</span></p>
<p><b>Json successful response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;success&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;code&#8221;: 200,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Exchange request cancel successfully&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (some other problem)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Some problem occur while exchange request cancelling”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if exchange request is not made earlier )</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;You can only perform the exchange request cancel when the request has been made earlier”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if wrong order id or null value given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please Provide the correct order_id to perform the process”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if exchange request cancelled earlier)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;You have cancelled the exchange request already”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<h4><b>8. Order Cancel: <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span> </b><b></b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This API used to cancel the whole order,</span></p>
<p><b>HTTP Request:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">POST  /wp-json/rma/cancel-request:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">curl -X POST </span><a href="https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request"><span style="font-weight: 400;">https://example.com/wp-json/rm</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">a/cancel-request</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">     -u &#8220;secret_key: rma secret key&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -d &#8216;{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;order_id&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;order id&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}&#8217;</span></p>
<p><b>Json successful response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;success&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;code&#8221;: 200,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;The order is cancelled&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (other problem occur)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Some problem occur while order cancelling”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response: (if wrong order ID or null value is given)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please provide the correct order id to perform the process”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response:(if order is already cancelled)</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;:”This order is already cancelled”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span><b></b></p>
<p><b>9. Partial Order Cancel: <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></b><b></b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This API used to cancel the partial order i.e. order’s items,</span></p>
<p><b>HTTP Request:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">POST  /wp-json/rma/cancel-request:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">curl -X POST </span><a href="https://example.com/wp-json/rma/refund-request"><span style="font-weight: 400;">https://example.com/wp-json/rm</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">a/cancel-request</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -u &#8220;secret_key: rma secret key&gt;&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    -d &#8216;{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">  &#8220;order_id&#8221;: &#8220;&lt;order id&gt;&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">               “Products”: “</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">[</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;product_id&#8221;: product_id_val,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">       &#8220;qty&#8221;: 2</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">},</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{  &#8220;variation_id&#8221;: variation_id_val,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">       &#8220;qty&#8221;: 1</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">]</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">}&#8217;</span></p>
<p><b>Json successful response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;success&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;code&#8221;: 200,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">           &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;The order partially has been cancelled&#8221;</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">    }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Some problem occur while order cancelling”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response:</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;The item quantity must be less than order’s item quantity”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
<p><b>Json error response</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">{</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;status&#8221;: &#8220;error&#8221;,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;code&#8221;: 404,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">        &#8220;message&#8221;: &#8220;Please provide the correct order id to perform the process”</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> }</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="sms-notification-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4384" id="sms-notification-2" data-section-id="4384"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">13.</span>SMS Notification <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#sms-notification-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">With the implementation of this feature, the merchants and the customers can take advantage of staying up to. The merchants will be notified if any customer makes a refund and exchange request. Similarly, the customers will be notified when the refund and exchange request is accepted.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-38.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27412 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-38.png" alt="SMS Notification " width="863" height="1377" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-38.png 923w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-38-188x300.png 188w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-38-642x1024.png 642w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-38-768x1226.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><b>CONNECTION </b></h3>
<h4><b>13.1. Enable To Use SMS Notification For Refund, Exchange And Order Messages</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins can enable this setting to kickstart the feature of the SMS notification for refund,  exchange, and order messages. </span></p>
<h4><b>13.2. Account SID</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admins can insert the account “security identifier” or the Account SID. You will find all the relevant credentials by clicking the mentioned link, this link will redirect you to “Twilio’s” website. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Navigate to </span><b>API Keys</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> &gt; </span><b>Credentials Token</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<h4><b>13.3. Account Authentication Token</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this field to enter the mentioned credentials on Twilio’s website. </span></p>
<h4><b>13.4. Account Twilio Number</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admin has to “</span><b>buy</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” a Twilio number for this feature to work efficiently. Just click on the mentioned link to do so. </span></p>
<h3><b>SETTINGS</b></h3>
<h4><b>13.5. Enable To Recieve SMS Notification For Refund, Exchange And Order Messages From Customer</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Merchants can enable this feature to receive messages when a customer requests a refund, exchange, and order message.  </span></p>
<h4><b>13.6. Enter Phone Number To Receive SMS As A Site Owner</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the phone number on which, you’ll like to receive the message from the customers. </span></p>
<h4><b>13.7.</b><b>Enable To Send SMS Notification For Refund, Exchange And Order Messages For Customer</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Merchants can enable this feature to allow customers to receive messages when their refund, exchange, and order messages are processed. </span></p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation for Refund Requests &#8211;</strong></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-39.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27413" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-39.png" alt="Frontend Representation for Refund Requests - " width="904" height="619" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-39.png 1409w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-39-300x205.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-39-1024x701.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-39-768x526.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 904px) 100vw, 904px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Frontend Representation for Exchange Requests &#8211; </strong></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-40.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27414 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-40.png" alt="Frontend Representation for Exchange Requests -" width="911" height="671" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-40.png 1399w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-40-300x221.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-40-1024x755.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-40-768x566.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 911px) 100vw, 911px" /></a><strong>Frontend Representation for “View Order Message”-  </strong></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-41.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27415" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-41.png" alt="Frontend Representation for “View Order Message”-" width="916" height="725" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-41.png 1415w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-41-300x238.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-41-1024x811.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-41-768x608.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 916px) 100vw, 916px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The customers can use the field mentioned above in the mentioned format, to receive the messages. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="whatsapp-notification_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4443" id="whatsapp-notification" data-section-id="4443"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">14.</span>WhatsApp Notification <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#whatsapp-notification')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">By utilizing this functionality of WooCommerce returns plugin, the admin can allow their customers to receive notifications on whatsapp &#8211; in case of initiating a refund or exchange.</span></p>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/whatsapp-notification-1.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27817" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/whatsapp-notification-1.jpg" alt="whatsapp notification" width="540" height="728" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/whatsapp-notification-1.jpg 540w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/whatsapp-notification-1-223x300.jpg 223w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>CONNECTION</b></h3>
<h4><b>14.1. Enable To Use WhatsApp For Refund &amp; Exchange</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Before we proceed with the other features of this functionality, it is crucial to enable this settings to enjoy the benefits.</span></p>
<h4><b>14.2. Enter Phone Number ID</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admins can click on the provided </span><a href="https://developers.facebook.com/docs/development/register"><span style="font-weight: 400;">link </span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">to learn in-depth information about the set up of this functionality. They will first have to register as Meta Developers. Meta provides a default number, but admins can also use their business profile to send messages. After successfully creating an APP, scroll down to WhatsApp Tab.</span></p>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/image45.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27820" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/image45.jpg" alt="Enter Phone Number ID" width="920" height="436" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/image45.jpg 920w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/image45-300x142.jpg 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/image45-768x364.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 920px) 100vw, 920px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now, click on the “API Set Up” option, here the admin will be given the default phone number that he has to add in the space provided over the backend settings.</span></p>
<h4><b>14.3. Enter Access Token </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once, the admin registers himself as a Meta developer, they will be provided with the Access token, that he needs to enter to enjoy the benefits of this functionality. To get the token, click on the “generate token” button and reconnect your account. After doing so, simply copy and paste the generated token.</span></p>
<p><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/image112.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-27821" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/image112.jpg" alt="Enter Access Token" width="535" height="67" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/image112.jpg 535w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/image112-300x38.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 535px) 100vw, 535px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now, click on “Save”. After successfully following all the steps, you have now integrated WhatsApp into your website. The return and exchange notifications can now be received by your customers through WhatsApp Notifications.</span></p>
<h3><b>REFUND SMS CONTENT</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins will be happy to know that all the SMS notifications that the customers will receive will be dynamic, you can modify it as per your liking and your business requirements.</span></p>
<h4><b>14.4. Enter Content To Send In SMS With Refund Request Process</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is the notification that the customer will receive when they place the refund request. This message can be changed as per the liking of the admin. But you can also go ahead with the default message. The admins can also utilise the mentioned shortcodes. </span></p>
<h4><b>14.5. Enter Content To Send In SMS With Refund Approve Process </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is the notification that the customers will receive when their refund request is approved by the admin. This message can be changed as per the liking of the admin. But you can also go ahead with the default message. The admins can also utilise the mentioned shortcodes. </span></p>
<h4><b>14.6. Enter Content To Send In SMS With Refund Cancel Process</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is the notification that the customer will receive when their submitted refund request is cancelled by the admin. This message can be changed as per the liking of the admin. But you can also go ahead with the default message. The admins can also utilize the mentioned shortcodes. </span></p>
<h3><b>EXCHANGE SMS CONTENT</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins will be happy to know that all the SMS notifications that the customers will receive will be dynamic, you can modify it as per your liking and your business requirements. </span></p>
<h4><b>14.7. Enter Content To Send In SMS With Exchange Request Process </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Following the similar fashion, this notification will be received by the customers when they initiate a exchange request. This message can be changed as per the liking of the admin. But you can also go ahead with the default message. The admins can also utilise the mentioned shortcodes. </span></p>
<h4><b>14.8. Enter Content To Send In SMS With Exchange Approve Process</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This message notification will be received by the customers when their initiated exchange request is accepted by the admins. This message can be changed as per the liking of the admin. But you can also go ahead with the default message. The admins can also utilise the mentioned shortcodes. </span></p>
<h4><b>14.9.  Enter Content To Send In SMS With Exchange Cancel Process</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This notification will be received by the admin when their exchange request is not approved by the admin. This message can be changed as per the liking of the admin. But you can also go ahead with the default message. The admins can also utilise the mentioned shortcodes. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="rma-report-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4385" id="rma-report-2" data-section-id="4385"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">15.</span>RMA Report <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#rma-report-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image44.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27237 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image44.png" alt="rma report " width="831" height="475" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image44.png 1200w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image44-300x171.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image44-1024x585.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image44-768x438.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 831px) 100vw, 831px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting gives admins insight into the returns, refunds, exchanges, and cancellations across the website. The analytics section will cover the complete overview of return &amp; exchange activities on your website.</span></p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>NOTE</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">: The RMA Report will be displayed in the Woocommerce Report section</span></em></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are subsections to this setting, </span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1">
<h3><b>Report</b></h3>
</li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this section, the admin can have a holistic view which will include the </span><b>Order ID, Request Type, Request Status, Order Status, and Request Date</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in the report section. It also provides the admins to set the date range that they can use to get accurate results. There is a separate section for “searching by “</span><b>ORDER ID</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” Here the admins can put in the order ID of certain items to get the exact insight. </span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The request statuses will be of three kinds &#8211; Complete, Pending, and Cancel. Further, the admin can click on the “</span><b>ORDER ID</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” of each item to get redirected to the section from where you can cancel or complete the request. </span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1">
<h3><b>Analytics </b></h3>
</li>
</ul>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image30.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27239 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image30.png" alt="RMA Return Refund Analytics" width="819" height="865" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image30.png 850w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image30-284x300.png 284w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image30-768x811.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 819px) 100vw, 819px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This section is further divided into</span><b> 4 sub-sections</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The first fold contains the </span><b>total number of returns, exchanges, the top returned products, and the top exchange products</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The second fold contains the </span><b>Category and Product Relationship of Return, Exchange, and Cancellation</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. This data is represented through a bar graph format. This bar graph is divided into different categories on the x-axis. When you hover over the particular data, you will be in a position to see the</span><b> exact number of returns,  exchanges, or cancellations </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">for that particular category. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The third fold contains the Detailed Data. Here the admin can view the </span><b>category, products, return orders, exchange orders, and cancel orders</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The fourth and final fold contains the </span><b>Return and Exchange Reasons</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. The admin can finally take a look at the listed reasons for returns and exchanges. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Overall, this particular feature will enable the </span><b>admins to keep track of all the returns, exchanges, and cancellations across their platform</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, to be in a position to efficiently cater to the requirements of the customers.</span></p>
<h4><b>15.1. Refund </b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To get started with a refund request for your order placed, one can simply follow the stepwise process defined below-</span></p>
<p><b>STEP 1: </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking on the </span><b>Refund Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27241" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8.png" alt="refund button" width="801" height="493" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8.png 1003w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8-300x185.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8-768x472.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 801px) 100vw, 801px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A </span><b>Refund Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will be displayed. After filling out this form users can send the refund request to the admin.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27242 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form.png" alt="refund request form" width="431" height="423" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form.png 431w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form-300x294.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form-75x75.png 75w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px" /></a></p>
<p><b>STEP 2:</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> After clicking on the</span><b> Submit Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, the </span><b>Refund Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will be transmitted to the Admin.</span></p>
<p><b><i>Note</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; Requests would be automatically accepted if you’ve enabled the Enable Auto Accept Refund Request in the General Settings tab.</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as the customer sends the refund request, a refund request-based Notification Email is to be sent over to the store admin. For instance, refer below-</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image36.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27243 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image36.png" alt="refund request email" width="504" height="798" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image36.png 595w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image36-189x300.png 189w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">Store Admin can now select orders— for which a refund is requested by the customer and check the order details. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the store admin finds the refund reason to be appropriate— he/she can accept the refund request placed and process the refund as per the refund method selected by the customer. After that, the customer receives a refund request acceptance email likewise below and the refund amount too.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image11-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27244 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image11-1.png" alt="refund request accept email" width="600" height="858" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image11-1.png 600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image11-1-210x300.png 210w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>15.2. Exchange <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span><br />
</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To get started with an exchange request, you need to understand one thing very clearly i.e. the exchange cases. Yes, heard that right, our exchange process in the plugin follows 3 simple exchange cases. Let me detail you with them here-</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27245 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101.png" alt="exchange tab" width="907" height="500" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101.png 1186w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101-300x165.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101-1024x565.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101-768x424.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" /></p>
<p><b>Exchange Case 1</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">: Exchange Product with Same Product of Same Price.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this exchange scenario basically, the customer places an exchange request for a product that is similar. Such requests are placed to resolve size issues or damaged products received concerns. Let’s start with that-</span></p>
<p><b>STEP 1</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">: After clicking on the “</span><b>Exchange Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” for an order. An Exchange Request Form will be displayed.  </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27246" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98.png" alt="rules guidelines" width="919" height="451" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98.png 1374w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98-300x147.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98-1024x503.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98-768x377.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 919px) 100vw, 919px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just fill out the form by selecting the product that you want to be your next exchange product. For that, just click on the Choose Products button and start.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27247 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines.png" alt="rules guidelines" width="901" height="456" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines.png 1341w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-300x152.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-1024x518.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-768x389.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 901px) 100vw, 901px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As you can see clearly in the above screencast, the customer has selected the same product for exchange that is of the same price. Then, the exchange request placed would have no balance amount in it, therefore the new order created concerning the request would be $0.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27248" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2.png" alt="rules guidelines 2" width="920" height="481" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2.png 1340w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2-300x157.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2-1024x536.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2-768x402.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 920px) 100vw, 920px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the subject for your refund and description too if required along with some product screenshots, if you have some with you. After that hit on the Submit Request button to proceed with the exchange request.</span></p>
<p><b>STEP 2:</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> After successfully submitting the </span><b>refund and exchange</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> request, the customer will receive the refund requested email.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27249 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27.png" alt="exchange request email" width="525" height="1030" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27.png 600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27-153x300.png 153w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27-522x1024.png 522w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Store Admin can now select orders among— for which exchange is requested by the customer and check the order details.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27250 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request.png" alt="store admin exchange request" width="790" height="249" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request.png 1408w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-300x95.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-1024x323.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-768x242.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 790px) 100vw, 790px" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the store admin finds the exchange reason to be appropriate— </span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27251 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18.png" alt="exchange reason to be appropriate" width="899" height="531" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18.png 1262w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18-300x177.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18-1024x605.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18-768x453.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">He/She would thereby accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27252 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89.png" alt="proceed with the exchange. " width="848" height="457" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89.png 1264w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89-1024x552.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89-768x414.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 848px) 100vw, 848px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the exchange, a new order would be created automatically for the exchange requested. An exchange-approved request email is sent over to the customer with a new order link.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27253 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49.png" alt="exchange-approved request email" width="536" height="1056" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49.png 599w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-152x300.png 152w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-520x1024.png 520w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /></a></p>
<p><b>Exchange Case 2</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">: Exchange Product with Same or Varied Product of Less Price.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this exchange scenario basically, the customer places an exchange request for a product that is varied that too costs less than the actual product. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Such requests are placed when a customer places an order by mistake or when the customer is not interested in buying that particular product at that time like concerns. Let’s start with that-</span></p>
<p><b>Step 1:</b> <span style="font-weight: 400;">After clicking on the “</span><b>Exchange Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” for an order. An Exchange Request Form will be displayed</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27254" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8.png" alt="exchange request form" width="834" height="390" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8.png 1276w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8-300x140.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8-1024x479.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8-768x359.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just fill out the form by selecting the product that you want to be your next exchange product. For that, just click on the Choose Products button and start.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27255 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122.png" alt="selected one product and set it for exchange" width="840" height="445" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122.png 1275w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122-300x159.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122-1024x543.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122-768x407.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 840px) 100vw, 840px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The above screenshot displays the product display section where the customer has selected one product and set it for exchange.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can see in the below screencast that—- the customer has selected a product that is varied from the actual one that too is of less price than the actual product set for exchange. therefore, creates a scenario of an extra amount refund back to the customer.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27256 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39.png" alt="extra amount refund back" width="853" height="500" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39.png 1280w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39-300x176.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39-1024x601.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39-768x451.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here, you can see two different </span><b>Refund Method</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> fields displayed in the exchange form just below the Remaining Amount note. What you have to do is select one out of the two methods to process your remaining amount refund.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We’re presenting demonstrations for both options here. Let’s say the customer selects for </span><b>Refund in the Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> option and hits </span><b>Send Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27257 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request.png" alt="Refund in the Wallet option and hits Send Request." width="851" height="494" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request.png 1275w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request-300x174.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request-1024x594.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request-768x446.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /></a><b></b></p>
<p><b>Step 2: </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as the exchange request is placed the store admin receives an exchange-requested email about that. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27258 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25.png" alt="exchange request email" width="556" height="1090" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25.png 598w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-153x300.png 153w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-522x1024.png 522w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">Store Admin can now select orders among— for which exchange is requested by the customer and check the order details.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27260 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2.png" alt="store admin exchange request 2" width="898" height="283" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2.png 1408w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2-300x95.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2-1024x323.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2-768x242.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 898px) 100vw, 898px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the store admin finds the exchange reason to be appropriate— for which exchange is requested by the customer and checks the order details. He/she would thereby accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27261 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png" alt="accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange." width="903" height="487" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png 1264w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-1024x552.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-768x414.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 903px) 100vw, 903px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the exchange, a new order would be created automatically for the exchange requested.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27261 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png" alt="accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange." width="963" height="519" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png 1264w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-1024x552.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-768x414.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 963px) 100vw, 963px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the exchange, a new order would be created automatically for the exchange requested.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27262 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9.png" alt="refund amount " width="848" height="270" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9.png 1272w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9-300x96.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9-1024x326.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9-768x245.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 848px) 100vw, 848px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">An exchange-approved request email is sent over to the customer with a new order link. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27263 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10.png" alt="An exchange-approved request email is sent over to the customer with a new order link. " width="902" height="489" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10.png 1266w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10-300x163.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10-1024x555.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10-768x416.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After the exchange is processed from the admin end, the refund is directly transferred to the customer’s wallet.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s discuss the case with </span><b>Manual Refund</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> too.</span></p>
<p><b>STEP 3:</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> After successfully placing a refund request for a certain product, the customer can wait till the request gets accepted by the store admin or the store manager.</span></p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>Note &#8211; </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This waiting step can be skipped if you&#8217;ve already enabled the </span><b>Enable Refund &amp; Exchange For Exchange Approved Order</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> toggle in the </span><b>General settings tab</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> or the </span><b>Enable Auto Accept Refund Request </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">in the Refund Settings tab.</span></em></p></blockquote>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27264" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11.png" alt="Refund in Customer Wallet and Refund Through Manual Method." width="762" height="446" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11.png 1281w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-300x176.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1024x600.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-768x450.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 762px) 100vw, 762px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">While placing the refund request, one needs to set the refund method likewise the two options displayed in the above screencast i.e. Refund in Customer Wallet and Refund Through Manual Method.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Suppose, you select Refund in Customer Wallet then the refund amount would automatically be transferred into the customer’s wallet. But, if he selects the Refund Through Manual Method then a new field i.e. The Bank Details field would be displayed just below the refund method field for the customer to fill in the bank details within.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27265 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1.png" alt=" store admin receives the refund-requested notification email." width="883" height="517" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1.png 1281w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1-300x176.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1-1024x600.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1-768x450.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just, enter your bank details available in the field given and proceed further.  Now, the store admin receives the refund-requested notification email.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">He/She can simply navigate towards the </span><b>Order Listing</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> panel and select the order that is requested for refund. For more clarity refer to the screencast below-</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27266 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12.png" alt="Order Listing " width="901" height="340" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12.png 1184w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12-300x113.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12-1024x387.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12-768x290.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 901px) 100vw, 901px" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select the order for</span><b> Order Details</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and check for refund requests placed to </span><b>Accept or Cancel the request </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and proceed further.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27267" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14.png" alt="Accept or Cancel the request " width="857" height="486" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14.png 1230w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14-300x170.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14-1024x580.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14-768x435.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" /></a></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27268 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15.png" alt="REFUND REQUEST PRODUCTS" width="792" height="616" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15.png 851w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15-300x233.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15-768x597.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If it seems convincing, they can simply hit </span><b>Accept </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to accept the refund requested or vice-versa to cancel the request.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As they accept the refund request, the refund amount-related details are to be presented over likewise in the below screencast. You need to just hit the Refund Amount button to set the product amount to be refunded in the customer&#8217;s account directly.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27269 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16.png" alt="accept refund request products " width="848" height="486" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16.png 848w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16-300x172.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16-768x440.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 848px) 100vw, 848px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the refund you can refund the amount </span><b>Manually </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">or by </span><b>Automated Payment Refund</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Feature. Through this feature, the admin can refund the amount with the same payment method that is used by the customer during the purchase.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here’s the refund accepted email request notification email that is to be sent by the store admin to the consumer to notify.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27270 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1.png" alt="exchange request accept email" width="570" height="1123" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1.png 599w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1-152x300.png 152w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1-520x1024.png 520w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></a></p>
<p><b>Exchange Case 3</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">: Exchange Product with Same or Varied Product of More Price.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this exchange scenario basically, the customer places an exchange request for a product that is varied from the original product that too costs more than the actual product. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Such requests are placed when a customer places an order by mistake or when the customer is not interested in buying that particular product at that time like concerns. Let’s start with that-</span></p>
<p><b>STEP 1: </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">After clicking on the “</span><b>Exchange Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” for an order. An Exchange Request Form will be displayed.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-27271 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17.png" alt="product Request Exchange Form" width="829" height="423" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17.png 1278w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17-300x153.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17-1024x522.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17-768x392.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just fill out the form by selecting the product that you want to be as your next exchange product. For that, just click on the </span><b>Choose Products</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button and start.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27272" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18.png" alt="choose products" width="863" height="423" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18.png 1404w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18-300x147.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18-1024x502.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18-768x376.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the above screencast, you can see that the customer has selected the product that costs more than the actual product set for the exchange by value. Therefore, it creates a clear case of product exchange with an extra amount.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27273 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19.png" alt="pay the extra difference amount for that order" width="869" height="480" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19.png 1277w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19-300x166.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19-1024x565.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19-768x424.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 869px) 100vw, 869px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, as per the rules, this exchange can only be possible if the customer agrees to pay the extra difference amount for that order. For reference refer the screencast below-</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27274" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20.png" alt="Complete the exchange request form" width="865" height="468" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20.png 1277w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20-1024x554.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20-768x416.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" /></a></p>
<p><b>STEP 2: </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Complete the exchange request form and process the exchange request by hitting the Submit Request button.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as the request is submitted the store admin will receive an exchange request email regarding it.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27275 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1.png" alt="exchange request email" width="564" height="1105" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1.png 598w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1-153x300.png 153w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1-522x1024.png 522w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 564px) 100vw, 564px" /></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">Store Admin can now select orders among— for which exchange is requested by the customer and check the order details. </span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27276 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21.png" alt="store admin" width="837" height="458" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21.png 1250w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21-300x164.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21-1024x560.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21-768x420.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If it seems convincing, they can simply hit </span><b>Accept </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to accept the refund requested or do the vice-versa to cancel the request.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27277" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22.png" alt="accept return" width="925" height="393" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22.png 1256w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22-300x127.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22-1024x435.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22-768x326.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 925px) 100vw, 925px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As they accept the request, a new order is generated that displays the extra amount to be paid along with the exchange product details likewise the screencast below-</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27278" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23.png" alt=" new order is generated" width="872" height="472" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23.png 1243w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23-1024x554.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23-768x415.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" /></a></p>
<p><b>STEP 3:</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> As the exchange request is accepted, the customer receives an exchange request accept email that displays the information along with the link to pay the extra difference amount within. </span></p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Customers can utilize the link to pay the difference amount or shall proceed with the other way described below.</span></em></p></blockquote>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27279 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59.png" alt="exchange request accept " width="595" height="1198" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59.png 595w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59-149x300.png 149w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59-509x1024.png 509w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Customers can also refer to their </span><b>Orders section</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> from time to time to process their exchange request further by paying the extra difference amount utilizing the </span><b>Pay Now </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button displayed in the order manage controls.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27280 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section.png" alt="order section" width="795" height="353" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section.png 1403w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section-300x133.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section-1024x455.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section-768x341.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As they process the payment successfully the order i.e. exchange is placed and scheduled. You can refer to the below screencast to understand how the exchange status is modified.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27281 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24.png" alt="orders tab" width="854" height="355" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24.png 1365w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24-300x125.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24-1024x425.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24-768x319.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 854px) 100vw, 854px" /></a></p>
<h3><b>15.3. Cancel <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span><br />
</b></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To get started with an exchange request for your order placed, one can simply follow the stepwise process defined below-</span></p>
<p><b>STEP 1:</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Click on the ‘</span><b>Cancel Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘ button.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27282 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25.png" alt="orders cancel button " width="866" height="535" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25.png 998w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25-300x185.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25-768x474.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" /></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">A Cancel Request Form will display, where users can select those products that they want to remove from the order or cancel the whole order.</span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27283 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26.png" alt="A Cancel Request Form " width="810" height="1108" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26.png 861w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26-219x300.png 219w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26-748x1024.png 748w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26-768x1051.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" /></a></p>
<p><b>STEP 2:</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Click on the “Cancel Product” to remove the selected product from the order.</span></p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; Admin can see all the requests from </span><b>WooCommerce -&gt; Orders</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. To review the detailed information of any order by clicking on that particular order.</span></em></p></blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can verify all the details of the claimed order and also accept and cancel requests by clicking on the particular Accept/Cancel request buttons on the order edit page.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As of now, you have an idea of the process flow. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="process-workflow-demonstration-for-refund-exchange-and-cancel-requests-utilizing-the-plugin-features_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4386" id="process-workflow-demonstration-for-refund-exchange-and-cancel-requests-utilizing-the-plugin-features" data-section-id="4386"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">16.</span>Process Workflow Demonstration For Refund, Exchange, And Cancel Requests Utilizing The Plugin Features <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#process-workflow-demonstration-for-refund-exchange-and-cancel-requests-utilizing-the-plugin-features')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="refund-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4969" id="refund-2" data-section-id="4969"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">16.1.</span>Refund  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#refund-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;">To get started with a refund request for your order placed, one can simply follow the stepwise process defined below-</p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: bold;">STEP 1: </span>Clicking on the <span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: bold;">Refund Button</span>,</p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;"><a class="mwb-image-popup" style="box-sizing: inherit; background-color: transparent; color: #0b0925; transition: color 0.2s ease-in-out, background-color 0.2s ease-in-out;" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27241" style="box-sizing: inherit; border: 1px solid #dcdcdc; vertical-align: top; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 30px; clear: both; contain-intrinsic-size: 3000px 1500px; box-shadow: #dcdcdc 0px 0px 10px;" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 801px) 100vw, 801px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8.png 1003w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8-300x185.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image8-768x472.png 768w" alt="refund button" width="801" height="493" /></a></p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;">
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;">A <span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: bold;">Refund Request Form</span> will be displayed. After filling out this form users can send the refund request to the admin.</p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;"><a class="mwb-image-popup" style="box-sizing: inherit; background-color: transparent; color: #0b0925; transition: color 0.2s ease-in-out, background-color 0.2s ease-in-out;" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27242 size-full" style="box-sizing: inherit; border: 1px solid #dcdcdc; vertical-align: top; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 30px; clear: both; contain-intrinsic-size: 3000px 1500px; box-shadow: #dcdcdc 0px 0px 10px;" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form.png 431w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form-300x294.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/refund-request-form-75x75.png 75w" alt="refund request form" width="431" height="423" /></a></p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: bold;">STEP 2:</span> After clicking on the<span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: bold;"> Submit Request</span>, the <span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: bold;">Refund Request</span> will be transmitted to the Admin.</p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;"><span style="box-sizing: inherit; font-weight: bold;"><i style="box-sizing: inherit;">Note</i></span><i style="box-sizing: inherit;">– Requests would be automatically accepted if you’ve enabled the Enable Auto Accept Refund Request in the General Settings tab.</i></p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;">As soon as the customer sends the refund request, a refund request-based Notification Email is to be sent over to the store admin. For instance, refer below-</p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;"><a class="mwb-image-popup" style="box-sizing: inherit; background-color: transparent; color: #0b0925; transition: color 0.2s ease-in-out, background-color 0.2s ease-in-out;" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image36.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27243 " style="box-sizing: inherit; border: 1px solid #dcdcdc; vertical-align: top; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 30px; clear: both; contain-intrinsic-size: 3000px 1500px; box-shadow: #dcdcdc 0px 0px 10px;" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image36.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image36.png 595w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image36-189x300.png 189w" alt="refund request email" width="504" height="798" /></a>Store Admin can now select orders— for which a refund is requested by the customer and check the order details.</p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;">If the store admin finds the refund reason to be appropriate— he/she can accept the refund request placed and process the refund as per the refund method selected by the customer. After that, the customer receives a refund request acceptance email likewise below and the refund amount too.</p>
<p style="box-sizing: inherit; margin: 0px 0px 30px; padding: 0px; font-size: 15px;"><a class="mwb-image-popup" style="box-sizing: inherit; background-color: transparent; color: #0b0925; text-decoration-line: none; transition: color 0.2s ease-in-out, background-color 0.2s ease-in-out;" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image11-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27244 size-full" style="box-sizing: inherit; border: 1px solid #dcdcdc; vertical-align: top; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 30px; clear: both; contain-intrinsic-size: 3000px 1500px; box-shadow: #dcdcdc 0px 0px 10px;" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image11-1.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image11-1.png 600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image11-1-210x300.png 210w" alt="refund request accept email" width="600" height="858" /></a></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="exchange_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4970" id="exchange" data-section-id="4970"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">16.2.</span>Exchange <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#exchange')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>To get started with an exchange request, you need to understand one thing very clearly i.e. the exchange cases. Yes, heard that right, our exchange process in the plugin follows 3 simple exchange cases. Let me detail you with them here-</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27245 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 907px) 100vw, 907px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101.png 1186w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101-300x165.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101-1024x565.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image101-768x424.png 768w" alt="exchange tab" width="907" height="500" /></p>
<p><b>Exchange Case 1</b>: Exchange Product with Same Product of Same Price.</p>
<p>In this exchange scenario basically, the customer places an exchange request for a product that is similar. Such requests are placed to resolve size issues or damaged products received concerns. Let’s start with that-</p>
<p><b>STEP 1</b>: After clicking on the “<b>Exchange Button</b>” for an order. An Exchange Request Form will be displayed.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27246" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 919px) 100vw, 919px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98.png 1374w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98-300x147.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98-1024x503.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image98-768x377.png 768w" alt="rules guidelines" width="919" height="451" /></a></p>
<p>Just fill out the form by selecting the product that you want to be your next exchange product. For that, just click on the Choose Products button and start.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27247 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 901px) 100vw, 901px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines.png 1341w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-300x152.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-1024x518.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-768x389.png 768w" alt="rules guidelines" width="901" height="456" /></a></p>
<p>As you can see clearly in the above screencast, the customer has selected the same product for exchange that is of the same price. Then, the exchange request placed would have no balance amount in it, therefore the new order created concerning the request would be $0.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27248" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 920px) 100vw, 920px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2.png 1340w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2-300x157.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2-1024x536.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/rules-guidelines-2-768x402.png 768w" alt="rules guidelines 2" width="920" height="481" /></a></p>
<p>Enter the subject for your refund and description too if required along with some product screenshots, if you have some with you. After that hit on the Submit Request button to proceed with the exchange request.</p>
<p><b>STEP 2:</b> After successfully submitting the <b>refund and exchange</b> request, the customer will receive the refund requested email.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27249 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27.png 600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27-153x300.png 153w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image27-522x1024.png 522w" alt="exchange request email" width="525" height="1030" /></a></p>
<p>Store Admin can now select orders among— for which exchange is requested by the customer and check the order details.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27250 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 790px) 100vw, 790px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request.png 1408w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-300x95.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-1024x323.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-768x242.png 768w" alt="store admin exchange request" width="790" height="249" /></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>If the store admin finds the exchange reason to be appropriate—</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27251 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 899px) 100vw, 899px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18.png 1262w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18-300x177.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18-1024x605.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image18-768x453.png 768w" alt="exchange reason to be appropriate" width="899" height="531" /></a></p>
<p>He/She would thereby accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27252" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 848px) 100vw, 848px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89.png 1264w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89-1024x552.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image89-768x414.png 768w" alt="proceed with the exchange. " width="848" height="457" /></a></p>
<p>After accepting the exchange, a new order would be created automatically for the exchange requested. An exchange-approved request email is sent over to the customer with a new order link.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27253 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49.png 599w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-152x300.png 152w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-520x1024.png 520w" alt="exchange-approved request email" width="536" height="1056" /></a></p>
<p><b>Exchange Case 2</b>: Exchange Product with Same or Varied Product of Less Price.</p>
<p>In this exchange scenario basically, the customer places an exchange request for a product that is varied that too costs less than the actual product.</p>
<p>Such requests are placed when a customer places an order by mistake or when the customer is not interested in buying that particular product at that time like concerns. Let’s start with that-</p>
<p><b>Step 1:</b> After clicking on the “<b>Exchange Button</b>” for an order. An Exchange Request Form will be displayed.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27254" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 834px) 100vw, 834px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8.png 1276w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8-300x140.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8-1024x479.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-8-768x359.png 768w" alt="exchange request form" width="834" height="390" /></a></p>
<p>Just fill out the form by selecting the product that you want to be your next exchange product. For that, just click on the Choose Products button and start.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27255 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 840px) 100vw, 840px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122.png 1275w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122-300x159.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122-1024x543.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image122-768x407.png 768w" alt="selected one product and set it for exchange" width="840" height="445" /></p>
<p>The above screenshot displays the product display section where the customer has selected one product and set it for exchange.</p>
<p>You can see in the below screencast that—- the customer has selected a product that is varied from the actual one that too is of less price than the actual product set for exchange. therefore, creates a scenario of an extra amount refund back to the customer.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27256 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 853px) 100vw, 853px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39.png 1280w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39-300x176.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39-1024x601.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image39-768x451.png 768w" alt="extra amount refund back" width="853" height="500" /></a></p>
<p>Here, you can see two different <b>Refund Method</b> fields displayed in the exchange form just below the Remaining Amount note. What you have to do is select one out of the two methods to process your remaining amount refund.</p>
<p>We’re presenting demonstrations for both options here. Let’s say the customer selects for <b>Refund in the Wallet</b> option and hits <b>Send Request</b>.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27257 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request.png 1275w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request-300x174.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request-1024x594.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/Refund-in-the-Wallet-option-and-hits-Send-Request-768x446.png 768w" alt="Refund in the Wallet option and hits Send Request." width="851" height="494" /></a><b></b></p>
<p><b>Step 2: </b>As soon as the exchange request is placed the store admin receives an exchange-requested email about that.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27258 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25.png 598w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-153x300.png 153w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-522x1024.png 522w" alt="exchange request email" width="556" height="1090" /></a>Store Admin can now select orders among— for which exchange is requested by the customer and check the order details.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27260 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 898px) 100vw, 898px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2.png 1408w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2-300x95.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2-1024x323.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/store-admin-exchange-request-2-768x242.png 768w" alt="store admin exchange request 2" width="898" height="283" /></a></p>
<p>If the store admin finds the exchange reason to be appropriate— for which exchange is requested by the customer and checks the order details. He/she would thereby accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27261 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 903px) 100vw, 903px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png 1264w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-1024x552.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-768x414.png 768w" alt="accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange." width="903" height="487" /></a></p>
<p>After accepting the exchange, a new order would be created automatically for the exchange requested.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27261 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 963px) 100vw, 963px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange.png 1264w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-1024x552.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/accept-the-exchange-requested-and-proceed-with-the-exchange-768x414.png 768w" alt="accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange." width="963" height="519" /></a></p>
<p>After accepting the exchange, a new order would be created automatically for the exchange requested.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27262 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 848px) 100vw, 848px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9.png 1272w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9-300x96.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9-1024x326.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-9-768x245.png 768w" alt="refund amount " width="848" height="270" /></a></p>
<p>An exchange-approved request email is sent over to the customer with a new order link.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27263 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 902px) 100vw, 902px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10.png 1266w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10-300x163.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10-1024x555.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-10-768x416.png 768w" alt="An exchange-approved request email is sent over to the customer with a new order link. " width="902" height="489" /></a></p>
<p>After the exchange is processed from the admin end, the refund is directly transferred to the customer’s wallet.</p>
<p>Let’s discuss the case with <b>Manual Refund</b> too.</p>
<p><b>STEP 3:</b> After successfully placing a refund request for a certain product, the customer can wait till the request gets accepted by the store admin or the store manager.</p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>Note – </b>This waiting step can be skipped if you’ve already enabled the <b>Enable Refund &amp; Exchange For Exchange Approved Order</b> toggle in the <b>General settings tab</b> or the <b>Enable Auto Accept Refund Request </b>in the Refund Settings tab.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27264" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 762px) 100vw, 762px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11.png 1281w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-300x176.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1024x600.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-768x450.png 768w" alt="Refund in Customer Wallet and Refund Through Manual Method." width="762" height="446" /></a></p>
<p>While placing the refund request, one needs to set the refund method likewise the two options displayed in the above screencast i.e. Refund in Customer Wallet and Refund Through Manual Method.</p>
<p>Suppose, you select Refund in Customer Wallet then the refund amount would automatically be transferred into the customer’s wallet. But, if he selects the Refund Through Manual Method then a new field i.e. The Bank Details field would be displayed just below the refund method field for the customer to fill in the bank details within.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27265 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 883px) 100vw, 883px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1.png 1281w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1-300x176.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1-1024x600.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-11-1-768x450.png 768w" alt=" store admin receives the refund-requested notification email." width="883" height="517" /></p>
<p>Just, enter your bank details available in the field given and proceed further.  Now, the store admin receives the refund-requested notification email.</p>
<p>He/She can simply navigate towards the <b>Order Listing</b> panel and select the order that is requested for refund. For more clarity refer to the screencast below-</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27266 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 901px) 100vw, 901px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12.png 1184w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12-300x113.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12-1024x387.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-12-768x290.png 768w" alt="Order Listing " width="901" height="340" /></a></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Select the order for<b> Order Details</b> and check for refund requests placed to <b>Accept or Cancel the request </b>and proceed further.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27267" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 857px) 100vw, 857px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14.png 1230w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14-300x170.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14-1024x580.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-14-768x435.png 768w" alt="Accept or Cancel the request " width="857" height="486" /></a></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27268 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 792px) 100vw, 792px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15.png 851w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15-300x233.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-15-768x597.png 768w" alt="REFUND REQUEST PRODUCTS" width="792" height="616" /></a></p>
<p>If it seems convincing, they can simply hit <b>Accept </b>to accept the refund requested or vice-versa to cancel the request.</p>
<p>As they accept the refund request, the refund amount-related details are to be presented over likewise in the below screencast. You need to just hit the Refund Amount button to set the product amount to be refunded in the customer’s account directly.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27269 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 848px) 100vw, 848px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16.png 848w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16-300x172.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-16-768x440.png 768w" alt="accept refund request products " width="848" height="486" /></a></p>
<p>After accepting the refund you can refund the amount <b>Manually </b>or by <b>Automated Payment Refund</b> Feature. Through this feature, the admin can refund the amount with the same payment method that is used by the customer during the purchase.</p>
<p>Here’s the refund accepted email request notification email that is to be sent by the store admin to the consumer to notify.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27270 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1.png 599w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1-152x300.png 152w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image49-1-520x1024.png 520w" alt="exchange request accept email" width="570" height="1123" /></a></p>
<p><b>Exchange Case 3</b>: Exchange Product with Same or Varied Product of More Price.</p>
<p>In this exchange scenario basically, the customer places an exchange request for a product that is varied from the original product that too costs more than the actual product.</p>
<p>Such requests are placed when a customer places an order by mistake or when the customer is not interested in buying that particular product at that time like concerns. Let’s start with that-</p>
<p><b>STEP 1: </b>After clicking on the “<b>Exchange Button</b>” for an order. An Exchange Request Form will be displayed.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-27271 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 829px) 100vw, 829px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17.png 1278w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17-300x153.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17-1024x522.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-17-768x392.png 768w" alt="product Request Exchange Form" width="829" height="423" /></p>
<p>Just fill out the form by selecting the product that you want to be as your next exchange product. For that, just click on the <b>Choose Products</b> button and start.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27272" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18.png 1404w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18-300x147.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18-1024x502.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-18-768x376.png 768w" alt="choose products" width="863" height="423" /></a></p>
<p>In the above screencast, you can see that the customer has selected the product that costs more than the actual product set for the exchange by value. Therefore, it creates a clear case of product exchange with an extra amount.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27273 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 869px) 100vw, 869px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19.png 1277w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19-300x166.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19-1024x565.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-19-768x424.png 768w" alt="pay the extra difference amount for that order" width="869" height="480" /></a></p>
<p>So, as per the rules, this exchange can only be possible if the customer agrees to pay the extra difference amount for that order. For reference refer the screencast below-</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27274" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 865px) 100vw, 865px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20.png 1277w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20-1024x554.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-20-768x416.png 768w" alt="Complete the exchange request form" width="865" height="468" /></a></p>
<p><b>STEP 2: </b>Complete the exchange request form and process the exchange request by hitting the Submit Request button.</p>
<p>As soon as the request is submitted the store admin will receive an exchange request email regarding it.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27275 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 564px) 100vw, 564px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1.png 598w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1-153x300.png 153w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image25-1-522x1024.png 522w" alt="exchange request email" width="564" height="1105" /></a>Store Admin can now select orders among— for which exchange is requested by the customer and check the order details.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27276 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 837px) 100vw, 837px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21.png 1250w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21-300x164.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21-1024x560.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-21-768x420.png 768w" alt="store admin" width="837" height="458" /></p>
<p>If it seems convincing, they can simply hit <b>Accept </b>to accept the refund requested or do the vice-versa to cancel the request.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27277" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 925px) 100vw, 925px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22.png 1256w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22-300x127.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22-1024x435.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-22-768x326.png 768w" alt="accept return" width="925" height="393" /></a></p>
<p>As they accept the request, a new order is generated that displays the extra amount to be paid along with the exchange product details likewise the screencast below-</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27278" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 872px) 100vw, 872px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23.png 1243w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23-1024x554.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-23-768x415.png 768w" alt=" new order is generated" width="872" height="472" /></a></p>
<p><b>STEP 3:</b> As the exchange request is accepted, the customer receives an exchange request accept email that displays the information along with the link to pay the extra difference amount within.</p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>Note</b>– Customers can utilize the link to pay the difference amount or shall proceed with the other way described below.</em></p></blockquote>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27279 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59.png 595w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59-149x300.png 149w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/image59-509x1024.png 509w" alt="exchange request accept " width="595" height="1198" /></a></p>
<p>Customers can also refer to their <b>Orders section</b> from time to time to process their exchange request further by paying the extra difference amount utilizing the <b>Pay Now </b>button displayed in the order manage controls.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27280 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 795px) 100vw, 795px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section.png 1403w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section-300x133.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section-1024x455.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/order-section-768x341.png 768w" alt="order section" width="795" height="353" /></p>
<p>As they process the payment successfully the order i.e. exchange is placed and scheduled. You can refer to the below screencast to understand how the exchange status is modified.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27281 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 854px) 100vw, 854px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24.png 1365w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24-300x125.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24-1024x425.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-24-768x319.png 768w" alt="orders tab" width="854" height="355" /></a></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="cancel_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4972" id="cancel" data-section-id="4972"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">16.3.</span>Cancel <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#cancel')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><div class="doc-sec-content">
<p>To get started with an exchange request for your order placed, one can simply follow the stepwise process defined below-</p>
<p><b>STEP 1:</b> Click on the ‘<b>Cancel Request</b>‘ button.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27282 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 866px) 100vw, 866px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25.png 998w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25-300x185.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-25-768x474.png 768w" alt="orders cancel button " width="866" height="535" /></a>A Cancel Request Form will display, where users can select those products that they want to remove from the order or cancel the whole order.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27283 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26.png" sizes="auto, (max-width: 810px) 100vw, 810px" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26.png 861w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26-219x300.png 219w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26-748x1024.png 748w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/08/unnamed-26-768x1051.png 768w" alt="A Cancel Request Form " width="810" height="1108" /></a></p>
<p><b>STEP 2:</b> Click on the “Cancel Product” to remove the selected product from the order.</p>
<blockquote><p><em><b>Note</b>– Admin can see all the requests from <b>WooCommerce -&gt; Orders</b>. To review the detailed information of any order by clicking on that particular order.</em></p></blockquote>
<p>Admin can verify all the details of the claimed order and also accept and cancel requests by clicking on the particular Accept/Cancel request buttons on the order edit page.</p>
<p>As of now, you have an idea of the process flow.</p>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="woocommerce-return-plugin-compatibilities_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4028" id="woocommerce-return-plugin-compatibilities" data-section-id="4028"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">17.</span>Plugin Compatibilities <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#woocommerce-return-plugin-compatibilities')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We have now made the </span><b>Return, Refund &amp; Exchange For WooCommerce PRO </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">plugin completely interoperable with a variety of excellent plugins. All of these plugins that offer compatibility would add a sense of ease to your return, refund, and exchange order process carried out via plugin features. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let&#8217;s get into the specifics of the plugin that define its purpose &#8211;</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="compatibility-with-terra-wallet_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4910" id="compatibility-with-terra-wallet" data-section-id="4910"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">17.1.</span>Compatibility With Terra Wallet  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#compatibility-with-terra-wallet')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The WooCommerce Returns plugin is compatible with</span><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/woo-wallet/"><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Terra Wallet</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">, also known as Wallet for WooCommerce. This allows customers to get the option to opt for a refund of a product via Terra Wallet. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To Understand the working of this compatibility, navigate to Point &#8211; 9 (Wallet Tab), sub setting 9.6. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="compatibility-with-bookings-for-woocommerce_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4081" id="compatibility-with-bookings-for-woocommerce" data-section-id="4081"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">17.2.</span>Compatibility With Bookings For WooCommerce  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#compatibility-with-bookings-for-woocommerce')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The WooCommerce refund plugin is now compatible with </span><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/mwb-bookings-for-woocommerce/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Bookings for WooCommerce</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/bookings-for-woocommerce-pro/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Bookings for WooCommerce Pro</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. The admins can enable the customers to utilize the RMA refund form for booking products as well. This makes the overall refund process convenient for both the merchants and customers. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="compatibility-with-gift-cards-for-woocommerce_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4029" id="compatibility-with-gift-cards-for-woocommerce" data-section-id="4029"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">17.3.</span>Compatibility With Ultimate WooCommerce Gift Cards <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#compatibility-with-gift-cards-for-woocommerce')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The WordPress Warranty Plugin is compatible with the </span><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/woo-gift-cards-lite/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">WooCommerce Gift Cards</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/gift-cards-for-woocommerce-pro/?utm_source=wpswings-gc-pro&amp;utm_medium=rma-org-page&amp;utm_campaign=gc-pro"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Gift Cards For WooCommerce Pro</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Admin can now provide refund functionality on gift cards to its users. But for the practical implementation users are required to fulfill two conditions i.e. the expiration period of the gift card shouldn’t be achieved and its usability should be equal to zero.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The refund request for gift cards can be successfully initiated only if these conditions are satisfied by the user’s end.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="compatible-with-sequential-order-numbers-for-woocommerce_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4030" id="compatible-with-sequential-order-numbers-for-woocommerce" data-section-id="4030"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">17.4.</span>Compatible with Sequential Order Numbers for WooCommerce <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#compatible-with-sequential-order-numbers-for-woocommerce')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The RMA WooCommerce plugin is fully compatible with </span><a href="https://www.skyverge.com/product/woocommerce-sequential-order-numbers-pro/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">WooCommerce Sequential Order Numbers Pro</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> by SkyVerse and </span><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/wt-woocommerce-sequential-order-numbers/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Sequential Order Numbers for WooCommerce</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> by WebToffee. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can quickly format the order numbers in your WooCommerce store thanks to this compatibility. The WooCommerce sequential order number plugins lets you format your old and new WooCommerce order numbers into a sequential or linear sequence. You don&#8217;t have to skip values when formatting your order numbers; you can use WT-01000-UK, WT-01001-UK, etc (such as 15, 37, etc).</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap wps-premium" id="compatibility-with-woocommerce-wallet-system_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4398" id="compatibility-with-woocommerce-wallet-system" data-section-id="4398"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">17.5.</span>Compatibility with WooCommerce Wallet System <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#compatibility-with-woocommerce-wallet-system')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This RMA Management plugin is compatible with the </span><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/wallet-system-for-woocommerce/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">WooCommerce Wallet System Free.</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/wallet-system-for-woocommerce-pro/?utm_source=rma-docs&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_campaign=wallet-pro"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Wallet System for WooCommerce PRO</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">. It allows the admin to easily manage all the wallet functionality in one dedicated wallet system.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="compatibility-with-wpml_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4031" id="compatibility-with-wpml" data-section-id="4031"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">17.6.</span>Compatibility with WPML <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#compatibility-with-wpml')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">WordPress Multilingual i.e. WPML plugin to facilitate easy translations and localization within the plugin. It allows the admin to translate the word strings to all the languages that are supported by the WPML. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Yes, you can now effectively translate your plugin-based strings into the language of your choice. To begin the translation process, simply extract all of your plugin-based strings and then follow the steps below:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on</span><b> WPML &gt; Themes and Plugins Localization &gt; Strings in the Plugin &gt; WooCommerce RMA | Return-Refund-Exchange</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Checkbox the plugin name and click on “</span><b>scan selected plugin for strings</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">”. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The WPML extracts all the strings from that plugin. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-27.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27391 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-27.png" alt="scan selected plugin for strings" width="732" height="412" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-27.png 1600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-27-300x169.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-27-1024x576.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-27-768x432.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-27-1536x864.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 732px) 100vw, 732px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">From language switcher options, add the preserved URL arguments as </span><b>order_id</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.  </span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class=" wp-image-27392 aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-28.png" alt="language switcher options" width="729" height="260" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-28.png 1132w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-28-300x107.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-28-1024x365.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-28-768x274.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 729px) 100vw, 729px" /></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After this, click on the </span><b>(+)</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plus sign to translate that string for the chosen language… </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27394 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed.jpg" alt=" string for the chosen language" width="748" height="136" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed.jpg 1192w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-300x55.jpg 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-1024x186.jpg 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-768x140.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 748px) 100vw, 748px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><br />
Write the translated version of that string.  </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-29.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27395 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-29.png" alt="Write the translated version of that string.  
" width="787" height="278" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-29.png 1166w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-29-300x106.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-29-1024x362.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-29-768x271.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 787px) 100vw, 787px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now, if the customer opts for Hindi from the option, they see the translated version of the string. Similar to this, the admin can translate all the strings (supported by WPML) and engage multilingual buyers.  </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-30.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-27396 " src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-30.png" alt="engage multilingual buyers.  
" width="462" height="481" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-30.png 534w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/unnamed-30-288x300.png 288w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 462px) 100vw, 462px" /></a></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="woocommerce-hpos-compatibility-3_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4032" id="woocommerce-hpos-compatibility-3" data-section-id="4032"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">17.7.</span>WooCommerce HPOS Compatibility <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#woocommerce-hpos-compatibility-3')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Our RMA plugin is compatible with High Performance Order Storage (HPOS) Which uses WooCommerce CRUD design to store order data in custom tables to optimize order queries and ensure the smooth workflow of your WooCommerce store.</span></p>
<p><b>To Enable HPOS Follow these steps</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Firstly, make sure your WooCommerce version is updated with the latest 8.0. After that navigate to </span><b>WooCommerce &gt; Settings &gt; Advanced &gt; Features</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and choose the</span><b> High Performance Order Storage</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> option for orders.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more information, refer to the </span><a href="https://woocommerce.com/document/high-performance-order-storage/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">WooCommerce HPOS Documentation</span></a></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="faqs-24_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1517" id="faqs-24" data-section-id="1517"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">18.</span>FAQs <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#faqs-24')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>&nbsp;<br />
<div id="sp_easy_accordion-1775925453"><div id="sp-ea-10871" class="sp-ea-one sp-easy-accordion" data-ea-active="ea-click" data-ea-mode="vertical" data-preloader="" data-scroll-active-item="" data-offset-to-scroll="0"><div class="ea-card ea-expand sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108710" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108710" aria-controls="collapse108710" href="#" aria-expanded="true" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-minus"></i> Can the admin put some customized refund &amp; exchange policy according to the site on the refund &amp; exchange form? <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse collapsed show" id="collapse108710" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108710"> <div class="ea-body"><ul><li style="font-weight: 400"><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, the admin can put customized refund &amp; exchange policy by catching in WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting -&gt; Refund/Exchange Tab -&gt;&gt; and enable the refund/exchange rules in the Appearance section and put the matter in the description box given as refund/exchange rule editor.</span></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108711" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108711" aria-controls="collapse108711" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Is it possible for us to set the maximum number of days for a refund and exchange product-wise? <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse108711" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108711"> <div class="ea-body"><ul><li style="font-weight: 400"><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, we have this feature in our plugin; the admin can set the maximum number of days for the refund and exchange from the product edit page.</span></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108712" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108712" aria-controls="collapse108712" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Can the admin add some fees for the refund &amp; exchange process? <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse108712" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108712"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, the admin can put some extra fees in the refund &amp; exchange of a product by moving to </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting -&gt; RMA Policies Tab &gt;&gt; &amp; then setting the Refund/Exchange include tax policies</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> accordingly.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108713" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108713" aria-controls="collapse108713" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Is there any functionality to keep off the refund/exchange/cancel feature for an order to proceed via COD? <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse108713" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108713"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, the admin can turn off the refund/exchange/cancel feature for such an order by going through WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting -&gt; General Setting  -&gt; Hide Refund, Exchange, and Cancel Button For COD When in Processing Status.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108714" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108714" aria-controls="collapse108714" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Can the admin apply a minimum amount to restrict the customer from canceling their order? <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse108714" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108714"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, the admin can apply the minimum amount cancel order functionality in the </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting -&gt; RMA Policies Tab &gt;&gt; and set the cancel policies</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> accordingly</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108715" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108715" aria-controls="collapse108715" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Can the admin set a form for the COD Orders to collect the customer's bank details? <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse108715" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108715"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, the admin can collect the customer bank details in COD Orders by enabling the checkbox to Show Bank Details Field For Manual Refund from </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting -&gt; General Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400">.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108716" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108716" aria-controls="collapse108716" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Does ShipRocket operate with your RMA plugin? <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse108716" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108716"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Shiprocket is compatible with our RMA plugin. Please enter the username and password to configure and authenticate your account for this in the </span><b>Plugin settings &gt;&gt; Integrations Tab &gt;&gt; Shiprocket Integration</b><span style="font-weight: 400">.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108717" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108717" aria-controls="collapse108717" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Where will the admin retrieve the ShipRocket API? <span class="wps_pro-heading">Premium</span></a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse108717" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108717"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">If the admin doesn't know the API login and password, they can access the Shiprocket integration by going to the Integrations tab and selecting it. From there, they can access the Obtain API Information For Shiprocket Dashboard link. Alternatively, using the Shiprocket dashboard, the admin may set up an API account and password.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108718" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108718" aria-controls="collapse108718" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> How to make the "Refund" button visible on store pages using this plugin?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse108718" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108718"> <div class="ea-body"><ul><li style="font-weight: 400"><span style="font-weight: 400">If you want to view the Refund button, then follow these steps. Navigate towards swings -&gt; Refund-Exchange lite Setting -&gt;General Setting -&gt;&gt; Enable Refund and set the following necessary settings in the RMA Policies Tab</span></li></ul><ol><li><span style="font-weight: 400">Set the maximum number of days.</span></li><li><span style="font-weight: 400">Select the order status in which the order can be refunded.</span></li><li><span style="font-weight: 400">Set the taxes if you’re using any.</span></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-108719" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse108719" aria-controls="collapse108719" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> How to use a mail configuration setting in RMA Plugin?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse108719" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-108719"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Please go to the </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; Refund-Exchange lite Setting </b><span style="font-weight: 400">-&gt;</span><b>Refund Tab</b> <b> -</b><b>&gt; </b><span style="font-weight: 400">and in the most below you will get all the emails to </span><span style="font-weight: 400">Configure for you accordingly.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-1087110" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse1087110" aria-controls="collapse1087110" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Can a customer and admin communicate while processing a refund request?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse1087110" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-1087110"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, customers and admin can communicate while processing a refund request through the order messages which you can configure from the </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; Refund-Exchange lite Setting </b><span style="font-weight: 400">-&gt;</span><b>Order Message Tab.</b></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-1087111" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse1087111" aria-controls="collapse1087111" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Is there any stock management functionality in this refund management plugin?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse1087111" data-parent="#sp-ea-10871" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-1087111"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes! The plugin automatically manages the stock after every successful refund of the product. Admin can set it by following steps; </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; Refund-Exchange lite Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400">-&gt;</span><b>Refund Tab-&gt;</b><b> Enable to show Manage Stock Button -&gt; </b><span style="font-weight: 400">then admin can manage the stock from the WooCommerce orders section accordingly.</span></p></div></div></div></div></div></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="feedback-and-suggestions-18_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3535" id="feedback-and-suggestions-18" data-section-id="3535"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">19.</span>Feedback and Suggestions <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#feedback-and-suggestions-18')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Don’t see a feature in the </span><b>RMA Return Refund &amp; Exchange for WooCommerce Pro</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plugin that you think would be useful? </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">We’d love to hear it— Reach out to our </span><a href="https://wpswings.com/submit-query/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Support Query</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and we’ll consider adding it in a future release.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="helpful-resources-22_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3858" id="helpful-resources-22" data-section-id="3858"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">20.</span>Helpful Resources!!!! <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#helpful-resources-22')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Users can utilize the following sections to get in-depth knowledge about the event tickets manager plugin… </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="blogs-4_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4399" id="blogs-4" data-section-id="4399"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">20.1.</span>Blogs <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#blogs-4')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/return-refund-exchange/?utm_source=wpswings-rma-blog&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=rma-setup-blog"><span style="font-weight: 400;">How To Setup Return And Exchange In Your Online Store?</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/make-refunds-exchanges-easy-customers-woocommerce-site/?utm_source=wpswings-rma-blog&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=refunds-exchanges"><span style="font-weight: 400;">How Refund And Exchange Can Be A Key To Customer Satisfaction?</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/ecommerce-return-merchandise-authorization/?utm_source=wpswings-rma-docs&amp;utm_medium=referral&amp;utm_campaign=rma-blog-decoding"><span style="font-weight: 400;">eCommerce Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA)- All You Need To Know</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/make-refunds-exchanges-easy-customers-woocommerce-site/">Decoding the Refund and Exchange Facilities for Maximum Customer Satisfaction!</a></li>
<li aria-level="1"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/must-read-refund-exchange-policies/">How To Write Refund And Exchange Policy For Your Online Store?</a></li>
<li aria-level="1"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/reasons-for-refund-and-exchange/">Top 10 Reasons For Refund And Exchange That Every Online Retailer Must Know</a></li>
<li aria-level="1"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/best-woocommerce-refund-plugins/">5 Best WooCommerce Refund Plugins To Streamline Your Returns Process</a>
<div class="fusion-builder-row fusion-builder-row-inner fusion-row fusion-flex-align-items-stretch fusion-flex-justify-content-center">
<div class="fusion-layout-column fusion_builder_column_inner fusion-builder-nested-column-0 fusion_builder_column_inner_1_1 1_1 fusion-flex-column">
<div class="fusion-column-wrapper fusion-flex-justify-content-flex-start fusion-content-layout-row fusion-flex-align-items-center"></div>
</div>
</div>
</li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="video-tutorials-3_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4400" id="video-tutorials-3" data-section-id="4400"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">20.2.</span>Video Tutorials <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#video-tutorials-3')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/GQhXfBtzLE0?si=lp0dykJmltR0vPtl"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;How To Simplify Refund Management Process with Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Plugin?&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/GQhXfBtzLE0?si=lp0dykJmltR0vPtl&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">How To Simplify Refund Management Process with Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Plugin?</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/QyfzruqwnSM?si=2SKU3nwow3oS6ItV"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro: Part 1: Refund [Version 2024]&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/QyfzruqwnSM?si=2SKU3nwow3oS6ItV&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro: Part 1: Refund [Version 2024]</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/2QPI-Lbhmhc?si=DzG36MHP9hQ-sM_-"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro : Part 2: Exchange [Version 2024]&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/2QPI-Lbhmhc?si=DzG36MHP9hQ-sM_-&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro : Part 2: Exchange [Version 2024]</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/hmlyWSKgjUA?si=9oypoe2mHzIyTUZw"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro : Part 3: Cancel [Version 2024]&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/hmlyWSKgjUA?si=9oypoe2mHzIyTUZw&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro : Part 3: Cancel [Version 2024]</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/RnxGZafBHII?si=5UqByq7kJnK7EymI"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro: Part 4: Wallet [Version 2024]&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/RnxGZafBHII?si=5UqByq7kJnK7EymI&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro: Part 4: Wallet [Version 2024]</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/MqQEWm2RrqE?si=zAxGNTEWmLreZGWc"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;How to Easily Manage Refund and Exchange With Return, RMA Refund, and Exchange For WooCommerce Pro?&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/MqQEWm2RrqE?si=zAxGNTEWmLreZGWc&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">How to Easily Manage Refund and Exchange With Return, RMA Refund, and Exchange For WooCommerce Pro?</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/cUhLwWvZbJU?si=_YdlWq7hSrlbG-6U"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;How To Set Up RMA Return Refund &amp; Exchange For WooCommerce on Your WordPress &amp; WooCommerce Store?&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/cUhLwWvZbJU?si=_YdlWq7hSrlbG-6U&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">How To Set Up RMA Return Refund &amp; Exchange For WooCommerce on Your WordPress &amp; WooCommerce Store?</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/pgg3IpUmcg8?si=ypS8_Hac_oa_0BcM"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;What is RMA Return Refund &amp; Exchange For WooCommerce Pro || 2022&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/pgg3IpUmcg8?si=ypS8_Hac_oa_0BcM&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">What is RMA Return Refund &amp; Exchange For WooCommerce Pro || 2022</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/Z447DObZk9E?si=h1BuwpjfLNTKRF3H"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;How do I add a cancel functionality in WooCommerce Refund And Exchange With RMA in 2023?&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/Z447DObZk9E?si=h1BuwpjfLNTKRF3H&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">How do I add a cancel functionality in WooCommerce Refund And Exchange With RMA in 2023?</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/m6PJBY8yLNM?si=xianmZMn1tdGFOWj"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;Why An Ecommerce Business Needs Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA)?&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/m6PJBY8yLNM?si=xianmZMn1tdGFOWj&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">Why An Ecommerce Business Needs Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA)?</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/Y0ygM32b4Hc?si=qHc2B0Oze0ozGdT7"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;WooCommerce Refund and Exchange With RMA: How to add Refund options to the WooCommerce store || 2023&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/Y0ygM32b4Hc?si=qHc2B0Oze0ozGdT7&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">WooCommerce Refund and Exchange With RMA: How to add Refund options to the WooCommerce store || 2023</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/Btt6MC11UAU?si=LFKbmfoiS4VcWH-e"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;How To Set Up A Wallet System With RMA on the WordPress Website in 2023?&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/Btt6MC11UAU?si=LFKbmfoiS4VcWH-e&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">How To Set Up A Wallet System With RMA on the WordPress Website in 2023?</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://youtu.be/kCCbZBmv_YY?si=OlLZJq5sZsDbfXTw"><span style="font-weight: 400;" data-rich-links="{&quot;fple-t&quot;:&quot;WooCommerce Refund And Exchange With RMA: How To Setup Exchange Functionality||  2022&quot;,&quot;fple-u&quot;:&quot;https://youtu.be/kCCbZBmv_YY?si=OlLZJq5sZsDbfXTw&quot;,&quot;fple-mt&quot;:null,&quot;type&quot;:&quot;first-party-link&quot;}">WooCommerce Refund And Exchange With RMA: How To Setup Exchange Functionality|| 2022</span></a></li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="case-studies-16_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4401" id="case-studies-16" data-section-id="4401"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">20.3.</span>Case Studies <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/ecommerce/feed/#case-studies-16')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://wpswings.com/case-studies/miaboutiqueshop/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">MIA BOUTIQUE</span></a></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><a href="https://wpswings.com/case-studies/no44store/"><span style="font-weight: 400;">No 44 Store</span></a></li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--></div><!--.doc-sec-container--><div id="sugestedit_popup217" class="sugestedit_popup">
				<a class="modal_close"></a>
				<form name="documentor-suggestform" method="post" class="documentor-suggestform">
					<div class="doc-frmdiv" style="font-weight: bold;">Suggest Edit
					</div>
					<div class="doc-frmdiv">
						<input type="text" name="sec_title" class="sedit-sectitle txtinput" value="" />
					</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<input type="text" name="name" class="txtinput" placeholder="Name" required />
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<input type="email" class="emailinput" placeholder="Email" name="email" required /> 
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<textarea name="content" class="textareainput" placeholder="Post your suggestion..." required></textarea>
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv"><label> Captcha :&nbsp; </label><span class="doc-sedit-captcha"></span></div><input type="hidden" class="sedit-secid" name="secid" value="" />
					<input type="hidden" class="sedit-postid" name="sedit_postid" value="" />
					<input type="hidden" class="sedit-docid" name="docid" value="217" />
					<button class="docsubmit-suggestform"> Submit </button>
				</form>
			</div><script type="text/javascript">
			jQuery(document).ready(function(){
				jQuery("#documentor-217").documentor({
					documentid	: 217,
					docid		: "documentor-217",
					animation	: "",
					indexformat	: "1",
					pformat		: "decimal",
					cformat		: "decimal",					
					secstyle	: "clear:none;line-height:22px;font-family:;font-size:17px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0071b2;",
					actnavbg_default: "1",
					actnavbg_color	: "#f3b869",
					enable_ajax	: "0",
					scrolling	: "1",
					fixmenu		: "1",
					skin		: "mint",
					scrollBarSize	: "8",
					scrollBarColor	: "#326693",
					scrollBarOpacity: "0.5",
					windowprint	: "0",
					menuTop: "20",
					socialshare	: 0,
					sharecount	: 1,
					fbshare		: 1,
					twittershare	: 1,
					gplusshare	: 1,
					pinshare	: 1,
					togglechild	: 1,
					noResultsStr: "No results found!",
				});	
			});</script></div><!--/.document-wrapper--></div><div class="cleardiv"> </div><div id="documentor-217-end"></div>
<p>The post <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce/">Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce</a> appeared first on <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com">WP Swings Documentation</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
